1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17888 36936))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17888 32278))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17888 32278))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log" t
)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17888 32279))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice" t
)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice" t
)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17888 32278))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17888 32278))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17888 36583))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17888 32280))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17888 32278))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17888 32281))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17888 32279))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt" t
)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt" t
)
960 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt" t
)
965 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt" t
)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt" t
)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt" t
)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt" t
)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt" t
)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17888 32278))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17888
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17888 32278))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17888
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17888
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17888 32225))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1459 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1462 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" t
)
1464 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1465 This command is obsolete.
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (17888 32278))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1475 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1476 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1477 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1479 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1481 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1482 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1483 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1484 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1485 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1486 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1487 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1488 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1489 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1490 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1494 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1495 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1496 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1497 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1499 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1503 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1508 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1510 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1512 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1514 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1515 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1516 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1517 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1519 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1525 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1526 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
1527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1529 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1530 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1537 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17888 32278))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1540 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1541 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1542 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1546 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1548 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1549 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1551 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1553 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1554 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1555 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1558 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1560 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" nil
)
1562 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1563 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1564 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1565 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1567 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1568 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1575 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17888 36645))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17888 32278))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1664 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1666 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" nil
)
1668 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1669 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1671 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1672 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1679 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1680 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17888 32278))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1683 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1684 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1685 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1687 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1689 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" nil
)
1691 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1692 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1693 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1694 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1696 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1697 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1698 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1700 Effects of the different modes:
1701 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1702 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1703 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1704 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1705 a random distance & direction.
1706 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1707 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1708 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1710 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1712 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1713 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1714 definition of \"random distance\".)
1716 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1721 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1724 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1725 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1727 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1728 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1732 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1733 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1734 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1735 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1737 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1739 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1741 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1745 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1746 ;;;;;; (17888 32278))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1748 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1750 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1752 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1758 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1759 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1762 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" nil
)
1766 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1767 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1768 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1769 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1770 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1777 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1778 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17888 32279))
1779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1781 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1782 Time execution of FORMS.
1783 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1784 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1786 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1787 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1788 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1792 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1793 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1794 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1795 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1796 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1798 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1800 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1801 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1802 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1803 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1804 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1806 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1810 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17888
1812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1814 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1815 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1817 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1819 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1820 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1821 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1822 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1824 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1825 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1826 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1827 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1828 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1830 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1831 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1834 Special information:
1836 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1838 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1839 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1840 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1841 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1842 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1843 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1844 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1846 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1847 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1848 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1850 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1851 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1852 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1853 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1854 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1855 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1856 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1857 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1859 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1861 ----------------------------------------------------------
1862 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1863 if that value is non-nil.
1871 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1872 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1873 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
1874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1876 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1878 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1879 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1880 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1882 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1884 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1885 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1887 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1889 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1890 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1892 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1896 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17888
1898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1900 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1902 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1906 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1907 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1908 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1909 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1910 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1915 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1916 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1919 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1922 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1923 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1925 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1926 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1928 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1929 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1930 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1931 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1932 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1933 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1937 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1939 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1940 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1941 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1942 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1944 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1945 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1946 denoted by the letter `R'.
1948 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1949 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1950 denoted by the letter `H'.
1952 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1955 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1956 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1957 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1958 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1959 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1960 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1963 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1964 degree deflection it causes.
1967 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1968 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1970 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1974 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1977 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1978 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1983 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1991 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1992 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1993 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1994 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1995 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1996 emerging from the box.
1998 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2002 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2005 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2016 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2017 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2018 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2019 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17888 32278))
2020 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2021 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
2022 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
2023 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2025 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
2026 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2027 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2028 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2029 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2030 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2031 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
2033 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
2034 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
2036 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
2039 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
2045 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
2046 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2047 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2048 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2049 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2050 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2051 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2052 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2055 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2056 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2057 yank successive words.
2059 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2060 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2061 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2062 name of the file being visited.
2064 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2065 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2066 the list of bookmarks.)
2068 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2070 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2071 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2072 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2073 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2074 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2077 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2078 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2079 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2080 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2082 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2084 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2085 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2086 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2087 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2088 after a bookmark was set in it.
2090 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2092 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2093 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2094 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2095 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2097 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2099 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2101 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2102 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2103 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2104 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2106 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2107 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2108 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2110 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2111 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2114 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2116 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2117 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2118 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2119 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2120 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2123 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2125 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2126 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2127 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2128 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2129 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2130 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2131 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2132 probably because we were called from there.
2134 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2136 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2137 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2138 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2142 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2143 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2144 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2145 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2148 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2149 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2150 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2151 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2152 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2154 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2155 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2156 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2157 `bookmark-default-file'.
2159 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2161 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2162 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2163 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2164 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2165 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2168 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2169 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2170 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2171 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2172 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2175 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2176 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2177 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2178 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2180 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2182 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2183 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2184 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2185 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2186 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2190 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2192 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2194 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2196 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2208 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2209 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17888 32280))
2210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2212 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2213 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2214 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2215 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2217 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2218 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2219 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2220 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2221 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2223 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2225 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2226 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2228 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2230 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2231 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2233 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2235 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2240 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2242 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2243 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2244 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2245 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2247 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2251 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2252 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2257 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2258 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2262 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2263 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2265 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2267 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2268 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2269 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2270 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2272 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2275 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2276 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2277 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2281 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2282 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2283 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2284 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2285 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2290 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2291 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2292 Default to the URL around or before point.
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2296 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2300 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2303 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2304 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2306 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2308 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2311 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2313 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2314 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2315 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2316 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2319 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2320 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2322 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2323 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2325 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2327 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2332 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2333 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2334 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2335 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2338 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2339 new tab in an existing window instead.
2341 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2342 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2346 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2349 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2352 When called interactively, if variable
2353 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2354 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2355 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2356 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2359 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2360 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2362 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2363 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2365 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2366 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2367 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2368 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2369 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2370 URL in a new window.
2372 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2376 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2377 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2379 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2380 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2381 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2382 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2385 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2386 new tab in an existing window instead.
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2400 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2401 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2411 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2412 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2413 program is invoked according to the variable
2414 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2417 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2429 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2437 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2438 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2439 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2441 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2442 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2443 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2444 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2447 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2452 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2453 Default to the URL around or before point.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point.
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2463 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2472 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2473 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2479 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2480 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2481 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2488 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2492 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2493 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2500 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2502 Default to the URL around or before point.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2507 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2508 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2509 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2510 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2513 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2514 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2515 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2516 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2519 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2523 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2525 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2526 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2527 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2528 don't offer a form of remote control.
2530 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2532 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2533 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2534 Default to the URL around or before point.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17888
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2544 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2545 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2549 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2550 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2557 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17888 32278))
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2560 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2561 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2562 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2563 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2574 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2575 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2579 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2580 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2582 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2583 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2584 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2585 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2587 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2588 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2589 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2590 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2591 name of buffer configuration.
2597 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2598 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17888
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2602 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2603 Keymap used by buttons.")
2605 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2606 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2607 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2609 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2610 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2611 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2612 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2613 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2614 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2616 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2617 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2618 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2619 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2621 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2623 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2624 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2625 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2626 specifying properties to add to the button.
2627 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2628 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2629 `define-button-type'.
2631 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2633 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2635 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2636 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2637 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2638 specifying properties to add to the button.
2639 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2640 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2641 `define-button-type'.
2643 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2645 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2647 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2648 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2649 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2650 specifying properties to add to the button.
2651 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2652 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2653 `define-button-type'.
2655 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2656 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2657 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2660 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2662 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2664 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2665 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2666 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2667 specifying properties to add to the button.
2668 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2669 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2670 `define-button-type'.
2672 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2673 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2674 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2675 `insert-text-button'.
2677 Also see `make-text-button'.
2679 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2683 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2684 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2685 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2686 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2687 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17888 36933))
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2689 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2690 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2691 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2693 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2698 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2699 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2700 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2702 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2704 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2705 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2706 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2707 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2709 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2710 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2711 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2712 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2713 whether to compile it.
2715 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2717 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2718 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2720 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2721 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2724 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2725 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2726 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2727 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2728 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2730 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2732 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2733 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2734 Print the result in the echo area.
2735 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2739 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2740 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2741 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2743 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2745 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2746 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2747 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2748 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2749 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2750 all functions called by those functions.
2752 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2753 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2756 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2757 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2758 invoked interactively.
2760 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2762 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2763 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2764 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2765 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2769 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2770 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2771 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2772 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2773 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2774 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2775 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2778 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2780 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2781 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2782 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2783 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2785 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2786 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2787 and corresponding effects.
2789 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17888 32279))
2794 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2796 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2798 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2802 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2803 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
2804 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2806 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2807 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2808 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2809 from the cursor position.
2811 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2815 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2816 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2817 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2818 ;;;;;; (17888 32278))
2819 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2821 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2822 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2824 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2825 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2827 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2828 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2832 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2833 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2835 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2837 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2838 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2840 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2842 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2843 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2847 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2848 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2849 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2850 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2852 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2854 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2855 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2856 This is most useful in the X window system.
2857 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2858 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2860 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2862 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2863 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2864 See calc-keypad for details.
2866 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2868 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2869 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2871 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2873 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2874 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2876 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2878 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2879 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2881 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2883 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2884 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2885 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2887 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2889 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2892 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2896 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17888
2898 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2900 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2901 Run the Emacs calculator.
2902 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2908 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2909 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2910 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2911 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2912 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2913 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2914 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2915 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2916 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2917 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2918 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2919 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2920 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2921 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2922 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2923 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2924 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2925 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17888 32279))
2926 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2928 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2929 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2930 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2931 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2934 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2936 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2937 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2938 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2939 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2940 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2941 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2943 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2945 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2946 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2947 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2949 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2951 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2952 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2953 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2955 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2957 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2958 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2959 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2962 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2964 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2965 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2966 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2968 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2970 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2971 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2972 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2974 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2976 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2978 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2979 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2980 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2982 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2985 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2987 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2988 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2989 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2991 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2994 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2996 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2997 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2998 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3000 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3003 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3005 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3006 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3007 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3009 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3011 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3012 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3013 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3014 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3015 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3017 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3019 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3020 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3021 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3022 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3023 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3024 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3025 a function is also provided for this:
3026 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3028 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3029 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3030 date is not visible in the window.
3032 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3033 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3034 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3036 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3038 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3039 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3041 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3042 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3043 date is visible in the window.
3045 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3046 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3047 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3049 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3051 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3052 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3056 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3058 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3060 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3062 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3063 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3065 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3066 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3074 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3075 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3076 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3077 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3078 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3079 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3080 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3081 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3082 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3083 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3084 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3085 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3088 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3089 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3090 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3091 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3099 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3100 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3102 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3103 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3104 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3105 window but will appear in a diary window.
3107 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3108 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3110 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3111 entries (in the default American style):
3113 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3114 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3115 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3117 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3118 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3119 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3120 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3121 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3122 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3123 &* 15 time cards due.
3125 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3126 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3127 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3131 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3132 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3133 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3134 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3135 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3136 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3138 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3139 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3140 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3142 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3144 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3146 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3147 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3148 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3149 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3150 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3151 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3152 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3153 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3154 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3155 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3158 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3159 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3160 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3161 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3162 documentation for these functions for details.
3164 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3165 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3167 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3169 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3170 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3172 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3174 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3175 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3177 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3179 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3180 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3182 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3184 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3185 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3187 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3189 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3190 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3191 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3193 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3195 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3196 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3197 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3199 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3201 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3202 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3203 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3204 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3207 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3209 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3210 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3211 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3212 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3221 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3222 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3223 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3226 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3227 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3228 `american-calendar'.")
3230 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3232 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3233 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3234 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3236 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3238 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3239 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3240 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3242 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3244 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3245 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3246 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3248 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3250 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3251 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3252 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3254 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3256 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3257 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3258 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3259 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3260 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3261 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3263 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3265 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3266 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3267 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3269 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3270 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3271 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3274 #include \"filename\"
3276 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3277 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3278 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3279 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3280 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3282 For example, you could use
3284 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3285 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3286 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3288 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3289 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3290 lexicographic order.")
3292 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3294 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3295 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3296 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3298 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3300 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3301 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3302 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3305 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3306 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3307 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3308 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3309 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3310 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3311 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3313 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3314 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3315 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3316 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3317 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3318 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3319 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3320 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3322 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3324 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3325 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3326 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3327 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3328 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3329 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3330 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3332 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3334 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3335 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3337 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3338 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3339 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3341 #include \"filename\"
3342 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3343 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3344 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3345 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3346 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3348 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3350 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3351 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3352 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3353 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3354 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3355 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3356 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3358 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3360 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3361 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3362 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3365 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3367 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3368 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3369 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3370 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3371 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3373 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3375 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3377 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3378 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3379 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3381 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3383 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3385 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3387 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3389 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3391 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3393 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3395 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3397 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3399 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3401 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3402 User defined holidays.
3403 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3405 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3407 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3409 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3411 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3413 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3415 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3417 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3419 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3421 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3423 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3425 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3427 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3429 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3431 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3433 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3435 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3437 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3439 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3441 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3443 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3445 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3447 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3449 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3451 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3453 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3455 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3457 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3458 Sun-related holidays.
3459 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3461 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3463 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3465 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3466 The frame setup of the calendar.
3467 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3468 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3469 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3470 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3471 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3473 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3475 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3476 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3477 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3479 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3480 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3484 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3485 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3486 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3488 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3489 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3490 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3491 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3493 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3497 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3498 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17888 32279))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3501 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3502 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3504 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3506 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3507 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3508 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3511 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17888
3517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3518 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3522 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3523 ;;;;;; (17888 36644))
3524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3526 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3527 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3533 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3534 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3535 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3538 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3539 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3540 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3541 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3542 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3543 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3544 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3546 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3548 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3549 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3551 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3555 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3557 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3558 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3559 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3560 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3561 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3562 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3564 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3566 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3567 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3574 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3575 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3577 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3578 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3579 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3580 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3581 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3582 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3585 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3587 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3588 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3595 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3596 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3597 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3599 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3600 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3601 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3602 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3603 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3604 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3607 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3609 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3610 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3617 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3618 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3619 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3621 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3622 Major mode for editing Java code.
3623 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3624 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3625 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3626 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3629 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3631 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3632 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3639 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3640 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3641 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3643 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3644 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3645 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3646 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3647 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3648 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3651 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3653 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3654 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3661 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3662 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3663 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3664 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3666 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3667 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3668 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3669 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3670 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3671 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3674 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3676 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3677 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3683 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3685 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3686 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3687 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3688 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3692 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3693 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17888 32281))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3696 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3697 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3698 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3699 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3701 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3703 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3704 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3707 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3708 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3709 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3710 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3713 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3714 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3715 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3716 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3719 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3721 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3722 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3723 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3724 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3726 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3728 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3729 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3730 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3732 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3734 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3735 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3736 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3737 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3738 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3740 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17888
3746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3747 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17888 36581))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3753 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3754 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3755 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3759 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3760 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3761 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
3762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3764 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3765 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3767 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3769 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3770 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3772 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3774 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3775 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3777 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3778 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3779 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3780 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3783 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3785 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3787 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3788 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3790 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3791 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3795 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3796 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3797 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3798 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3799 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3802 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3803 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3804 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3805 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3807 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3808 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3811 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3813 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3815 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3818 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3819 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3821 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3822 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3823 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3826 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3828 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3829 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3830 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3832 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3834 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3836 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3837 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3839 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3843 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3845 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3847 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3848 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3851 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3852 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3855 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3857 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3858 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3859 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3860 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3861 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3862 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3863 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3864 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3865 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3866 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3867 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3868 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3869 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3870 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3871 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3872 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3875 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3876 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3878 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3879 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3881 | (write EXPRESSION)
3882 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3883 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3886 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3889 ;; Same as: (write string)
3891 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3892 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3893 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3896 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3897 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3898 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3899 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3900 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3901 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3903 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3904 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3906 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3909 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3910 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3911 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3913 ARG := REG | integer
3916 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3919 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3922 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3925 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3926 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3929 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3930 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3931 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3934 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3935 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3936 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3939 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3940 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3942 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3943 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3944 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3947 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3948 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3951 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3952 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3954 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3957 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3961 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3962 ;; Same meaning as C code
3963 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3965 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3970 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3971 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3974 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3975 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3979 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3983 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3984 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3985 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3987 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3988 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3989 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3991 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3992 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3993 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3994 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3995 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3998 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4000 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
4001 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4002 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4003 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4004 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4005 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4007 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4009 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4010 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4011 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4013 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4015 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4019 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4020 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
4021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4023 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4024 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4025 There are no special keybindings by default.
4027 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4028 to the action header.
4034 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4035 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4036 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4037 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4039 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4040 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4041 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4042 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
4043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4047 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4048 the users will view as each check is completed.
4052 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4053 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4054 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4055 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4056 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4057 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4058 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4059 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4061 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4063 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4064 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4065 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4066 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4067 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4068 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4069 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4070 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4072 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4074 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4075 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4076 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4077 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4078 spacing are all verified.
4082 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4083 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4084 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4085 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4086 otherwise stop after the first error.
4088 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4090 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4091 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4092 Only documentation strings are checked.
4093 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4094 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4097 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4099 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4100 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4101 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4102 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4103 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4105 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4107 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4108 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4109 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4110 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4113 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4115 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4116 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4117 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4118 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4120 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4122 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4124 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4125 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4126 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4128 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4130 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4131 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4132 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4133 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4134 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4140 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4141 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4142 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4143 space at the end of each line.
4145 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4147 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4148 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4149 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4150 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4152 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4154 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4155 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4156 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4157 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4159 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4161 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4162 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4163 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4164 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4166 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4168 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4169 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4170 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4171 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4173 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4175 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4176 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4177 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4178 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4180 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4182 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4183 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4184 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4185 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4187 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4189 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4190 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4191 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4192 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4194 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4196 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4197 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4198 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4199 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4201 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4203 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4204 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4205 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4206 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4208 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4210 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4211 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4212 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4214 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4215 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4216 checking of documentation strings.
4218 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4224 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4225 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17888
4227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4229 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4230 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4231 Return the length of resulting text.
4233 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4235 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4236 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4240 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4241 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4242 Return the length of resulting text.
4244 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4246 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4247 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4253 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4254 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17888 32279))
4255 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4257 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4258 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4259 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4260 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4261 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4262 editing and the result is evaluated.
4264 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4266 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4267 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4268 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4269 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4270 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4272 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4276 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4277 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4278 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4279 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4280 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4282 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4283 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4284 \\{command-history-map}
4286 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4287 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17888 32279))
4294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4296 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4297 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4298 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4299 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4300 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4301 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4303 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4304 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4308 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4309 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
4310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4312 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4315 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4319 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4320 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4323 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4324 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4325 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4326 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4328 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4329 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4330 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4331 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4333 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4334 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4336 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4340 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17888
4342 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4344 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4345 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4346 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4347 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4348 of `scheme-program-name').
4349 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4350 it is given as initial input.
4351 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4352 discards input when it starts up.
4353 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4355 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4358 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4363 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
4364 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4366 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4367 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4368 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4369 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4370 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4372 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4374 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4416 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4417 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4418 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4422 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4423 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4424 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17888 32280))
4425 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4427 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4428 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4429 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4432 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4433 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4434 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4435 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4437 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4439 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4440 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4441 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4443 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4445 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4446 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4447 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4449 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4452 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4453 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4455 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4457 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4458 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4460 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4461 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4462 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4464 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4465 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4469 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4470 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4472 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4473 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4474 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4476 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4480 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4481 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4482 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4483 ;;;;;; (17888 37037))
4484 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4486 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4487 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4488 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4489 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4490 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4491 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4492 functions have already modified the buffer.
4494 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4496 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4497 either globally or locally.")
4499 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4501 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4502 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4503 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4504 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4505 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4506 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4507 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4508 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4510 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4512 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4514 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4515 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4516 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4517 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4518 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4519 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4520 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4521 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4523 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4525 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4527 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4528 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4529 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4530 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4531 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4532 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4534 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4536 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4537 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4538 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4539 directory tracking functions.")
4541 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4542 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4543 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4545 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4547 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4549 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4550 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4551 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4553 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4555 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4557 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4558 Send COMMAND to current process.
4559 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4560 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4562 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4564 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4565 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4566 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4567 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4569 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4573 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17888
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4577 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4578 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4579 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4580 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4582 This command pushes the mark in each window
4583 at the prior location of point in that window.
4584 If both windows display the same buffer,
4585 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4586 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4588 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4589 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4590 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4591 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4592 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4593 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4594 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4597 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4598 this command work in interlaced mode:
4599 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4600 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4601 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4603 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4607 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4608 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4609 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4610 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4611 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17888 32281))
4612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4614 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4615 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4617 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4619 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4620 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4622 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4624 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4625 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4626 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4627 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4628 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4629 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4630 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4632 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4633 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4634 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4635 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4636 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4638 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4639 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4640 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4641 describing how the process finished.")
4643 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4644 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4645 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4646 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4648 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4649 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4650 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4652 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4654 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4655 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4656 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4657 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4659 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4661 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4662 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4664 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4665 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4667 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4669 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4670 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4671 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4672 (concat \"make -k \"
4673 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4675 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4676 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4678 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4679 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4680 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4681 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4683 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4685 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4686 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4687 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4688 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4690 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4691 and move to the source code that caused it.
4693 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4694 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4696 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4697 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4698 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4699 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4701 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4702 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4703 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4704 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4707 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4708 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4709 to a function that generates a unique name.
4711 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4713 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4714 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4715 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4716 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4718 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4719 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4720 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4721 to determine the buffer name.
4723 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4724 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4725 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4727 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4729 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4731 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4732 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4733 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4734 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4735 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4737 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4739 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4741 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4743 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4744 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4745 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4746 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4747 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4748 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4749 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4753 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4754 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4755 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4756 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4757 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4758 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4762 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4763 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4764 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4766 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4768 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4772 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4773 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
4774 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4776 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4777 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4778 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4780 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4781 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4783 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4785 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4786 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4787 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4789 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4790 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4791 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4792 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4794 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4795 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4796 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4797 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4799 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4800 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4801 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4802 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4804 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4805 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4806 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4807 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4808 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4814 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4815 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
4816 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4818 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4819 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4820 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4823 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4825 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4827 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4828 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4834 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4835 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4836 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4837 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17888 32279))
4838 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4840 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4841 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4842 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4843 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4846 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4848 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4849 | | 1:tc or top-center
4850 | | 2:tr or top-right
4851 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4852 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4853 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4854 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4855 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4856 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4858 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4859 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4860 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4861 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4864 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4865 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4866 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4868 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4872 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4876 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4879 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4880 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4881 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4882 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4884 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4886 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4887 Compose characters in the current region.
4889 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4890 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4892 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4894 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4895 specifying the region.
4897 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4898 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4899 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4901 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4902 of the text in the region.
4904 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4906 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4907 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4908 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4909 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4911 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4912 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4915 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4916 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4917 text in the composition.
4919 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4921 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4922 Decompose text in the current region.
4924 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4925 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4927 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4929 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4930 Compose characters in string STRING.
4932 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4933 the characters in it.
4935 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4936 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4937 STRING respectively.
4939 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4940 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4941 `compose-region' for more detail.
4943 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4944 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4945 text in the composition.
4947 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4949 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4950 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4952 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4954 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4955 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4956 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4957 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4958 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4959 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4960 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4961 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4963 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4965 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4966 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4968 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4969 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4971 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4972 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4974 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4975 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4977 If no composition is found, return nil.
4979 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4980 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4982 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4983 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4984 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4986 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4988 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4990 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4991 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4992 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4994 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4996 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4998 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
5000 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5001 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5003 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5004 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5005 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5006 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5007 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5008 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5009 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5012 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5014 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5015 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5017 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5019 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5020 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5022 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5024 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5026 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5027 Compose last characters.
5028 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5029 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5030 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5031 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5032 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5033 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5034 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5035 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5036 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5037 after a sequence of character events.
5040 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5042 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5043 Convert CHAR to string.
5045 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5046 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5047 vector of CHAR respectively.
5048 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5050 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5052 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5056 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5057 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5058 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5059 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
5060 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5062 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5063 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5064 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5065 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5066 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5067 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5068 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5070 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5071 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5072 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5074 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5075 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5076 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5078 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5079 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5080 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5081 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5083 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5084 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5085 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5086 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5087 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5088 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5089 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5095 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5096 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5097 Comments start with `#'.
5098 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5100 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5110 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5111 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5112 Comments start with `;'.
5113 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5115 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5117 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5118 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5119 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5121 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5122 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5126 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5127 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5128 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5129 between `/*' and `*/'.
5130 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5132 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5133 // another kind of comment
5145 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5146 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5147 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5148 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5149 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5150 `conf-space-keywords'.
5151 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5152 in an interactive fashion instead.
5154 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5156 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5158 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5162 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5164 # Standard multimedia devices
5165 add /dev/audio desktop
5166 add /dev/mixer desktop
5170 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5171 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5172 See `conf-space-mode'.
5174 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5176 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5177 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5178 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5179 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5181 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5183 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5184 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5188 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5189 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5190 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5191 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5193 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5195 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5196 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5200 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5201 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5202 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5203 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5205 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5214 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5215 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17888 32280))
5216 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5218 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5219 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5220 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5221 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5223 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5225 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5226 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5227 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5228 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5230 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5232 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5233 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5234 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5235 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5237 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5239 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5240 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5242 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5247 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17888 32279))
5248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5250 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5251 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5252 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5253 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5254 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5255 following the copyright are updated as well.
5256 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5259 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5261 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5262 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5263 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5267 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5268 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5270 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5274 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5275 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17888 32281))
5276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5278 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5279 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5280 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5281 Tab indents for Perl code.
5282 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5283 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5285 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5286 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5287 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5288 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5289 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5290 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5291 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5292 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5293 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5294 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5295 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5296 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5298 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5300 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5301 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5303 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5305 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5306 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5307 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5308 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5309 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5310 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5311 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5312 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5313 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5315 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5319 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5320 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5321 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5324 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5325 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5326 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5328 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5330 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5331 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5332 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5333 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5334 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5336 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5346 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5347 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5348 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5349 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5350 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5351 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5352 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5353 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5354 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5355 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5356 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5357 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5358 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5360 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5361 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5362 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5363 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5364 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5365 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5367 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5368 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5371 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5372 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5373 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5374 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5375 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5377 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5378 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5379 span the needed amount of lines.
5381 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5382 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5383 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5384 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5386 Variables controlling indentation style:
5387 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5388 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5389 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5390 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5391 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5392 `cperl-auto-newline'
5393 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5394 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5395 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5396 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5397 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5398 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5399 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5400 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5401 `cperl-indent-level'
5402 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5403 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5404 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5405 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5406 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5407 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5408 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5409 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5410 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5411 `cperl-brace-offset'
5412 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5413 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5414 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5415 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5416 `cperl-label-offset'
5417 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5418 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5419 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5421 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5422 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5423 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5424 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5425 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5426 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5428 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5429 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5430 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5431 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5433 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5434 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5435 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5436 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5437 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5438 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5440 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5441 column 0 is indented on
5442 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5444 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5447 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5448 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5449 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5453 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5454 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5458 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5459 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5466 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
5467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5469 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5470 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5471 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5472 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5473 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5477 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5478 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5484 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5485 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
5486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5488 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5489 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5490 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5491 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5494 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5496 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5498 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5499 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5500 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5504 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5508 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5509 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
5510 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5512 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5513 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5514 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5515 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5517 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5518 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5519 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5520 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5522 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5523 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5524 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5526 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5527 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5530 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5531 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5532 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5534 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5536 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5537 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5538 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5540 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5544 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5545 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5548 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5549 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5550 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5553 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5555 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5557 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5558 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5559 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5560 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5561 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5563 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5564 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5565 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5566 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5567 function of these prefix keys.
5569 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5570 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5572 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5573 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5574 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5576 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5577 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5578 the prefix fallback behavior.
5580 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5581 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5582 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5583 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5587 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5588 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5591 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5592 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5593 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5594 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5595 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5596 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5597 (if user-init-file (concat
5598 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5599 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5603 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5604 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5605 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5606 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5607 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5608 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5609 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5610 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5611 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5612 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5613 ;;;;;; (17888 37037))
5614 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5616 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5617 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5619 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5621 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5622 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5624 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5626 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5627 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5629 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5630 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5632 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5633 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5635 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5636 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5638 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5639 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5641 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5643 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5645 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5646 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5647 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5649 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5650 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5652 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5653 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5655 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5656 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5658 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5659 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5661 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5663 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5665 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5666 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5669 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5670 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5672 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5673 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5675 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5676 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5678 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5679 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5681 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5683 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5685 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5686 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5687 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5688 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5689 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5693 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5694 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5695 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5696 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5700 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5701 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5705 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5706 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5710 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5712 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5713 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5715 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5717 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5719 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5720 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5721 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5723 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5725 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5726 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5727 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5728 as part of Emacs itself.
5730 Each elements looks like this:
5732 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5734 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5735 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5736 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5737 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5738 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5739 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5740 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5743 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5745 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5746 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5747 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5748 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5749 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5751 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5752 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5753 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5754 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5756 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5758 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5759 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5760 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5761 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5762 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5764 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5765 that were added or redefined since that version.
5767 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5769 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5770 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5771 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5772 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5774 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5775 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5777 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5779 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5780 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5781 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5783 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5784 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5786 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5788 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5789 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5793 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5794 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5798 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5799 Customize all already saved user options.
5803 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5804 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5805 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5806 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5807 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5808 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5809 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5810 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5812 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5814 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5815 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5816 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5817 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5819 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5821 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5822 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5824 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5826 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5827 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5829 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5831 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5832 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5833 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5834 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5835 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5838 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5840 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5841 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5842 The result includes selecting that window.
5843 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5844 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5845 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5848 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5850 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5851 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5853 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5855 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5856 File used for storing customization information.
5857 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5858 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5859 it should be an absolute file name.
5861 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5862 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5863 something like the following in your init file:
5865 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5868 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5869 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5871 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5872 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5873 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5874 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5875 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5877 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5878 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5879 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5880 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5881 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5882 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5883 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5884 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5885 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5886 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5888 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5890 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5891 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5895 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5896 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5900 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5901 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5902 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5904 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5906 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5907 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5908 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5909 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5910 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5912 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5916 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5917 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17888 32279))
5918 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5920 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5921 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5923 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5925 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5926 Alist of face attributes.
5928 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5929 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5930 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5931 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5932 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5933 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5935 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5936 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5937 customization type TYPE).
5939 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5940 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5941 given face attribute.")
5943 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5944 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5945 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5946 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5948 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5950 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5951 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5952 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5953 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5954 between themes and faces.
5955 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5957 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5958 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5960 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5962 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5963 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5964 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5968 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5970 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5972 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5973 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5974 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5976 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5980 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5982 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5987 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5990 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5991 Create a custom theme.
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5998 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
6001 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
6002 Mode used for cvs status output.
6008 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6009 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17888 36646))
6010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6012 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6013 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6015 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6016 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6017 C++ modes are included.
6019 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6023 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6026 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6027 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6031 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6032 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6033 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6036 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6038 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6040 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6041 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6042 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6043 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6044 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6050 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6051 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6052 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
6053 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6055 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6056 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6058 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6060 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6061 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6063 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6065 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6066 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6067 For readability, the table is slightly
6068 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6070 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6071 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6072 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6073 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6074 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6076 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6080 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6081 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
6082 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6083 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6084 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6086 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6087 Completion on current word.
6088 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6089 and presents suggestions for completion.
6091 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6092 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6095 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6096 then it searches *all* buffers.
6098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6100 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6101 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6103 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6104 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6105 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6106 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6107 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6109 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6110 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6112 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6113 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6114 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6116 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6117 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6119 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17888
6127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6129 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6130 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6132 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6133 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6134 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6136 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6137 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6138 Data lines are not indented.
6143 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6145 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6146 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6147 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6148 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6150 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6153 Extra indentation within blocks.
6155 dcl-continuation-offset
6156 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6159 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6161 dcl-margin-label-offset
6162 Indentation for a label.
6164 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6165 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6167 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6168 dcl-block-end-regexp
6169 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6170 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6171 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6172 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6173 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6175 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6176 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6177 Two such functions are included in the package:
6178 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6179 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6181 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6182 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6183 One such function is included in the package:
6184 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6186 dcl-tab-always-indent
6187 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6188 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6191 dcl-electric-characters
6192 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6195 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6196 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6197 which words trigger electric indentation.
6200 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6201 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6202 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6204 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6205 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6206 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6207 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6209 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6210 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6211 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6212 dcl-imenu-label-call
6213 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6215 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6216 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6217 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6218 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6221 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6223 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6224 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6225 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6227 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6228 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6232 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6233 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6235 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6236 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6237 \"lined up with the command line\"
6239 Data lines are not indented at all.
6240 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6245 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6246 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6252 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6253 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17888 32279))
6254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6256 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6258 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6259 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6260 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6263 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6264 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6265 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6267 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6269 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6270 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6272 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6274 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6275 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6276 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6277 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6278 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6279 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6281 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6282 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6284 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6286 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6287 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6288 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6289 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6290 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6292 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6296 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6297 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
6298 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6300 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6301 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6305 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6306 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6307 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6308 Upper-case letters are commands.
6310 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6313 The most useful commands are:
6314 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6315 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6316 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6317 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6318 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6319 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6325 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6326 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17888
6328 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6330 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6331 Customization of `columns' group.
6335 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6336 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6338 START and END delimits the text region.
6340 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6342 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6343 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6345 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6347 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6351 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17888
6353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6355 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6356 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6357 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6358 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6359 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6360 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6362 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6366 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6367 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6368 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6370 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6371 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6372 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6373 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6374 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6375 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6376 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6377 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6379 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6380 Directories to search when finding external units.
6381 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6382 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6386 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi comments.
6388 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi strings.
6390 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6391 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6392 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6393 Face used to color everything else.
6395 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6396 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6398 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6402 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17888
6404 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6406 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6408 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6409 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6410 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6412 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6413 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6415 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6417 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6418 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6419 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6422 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6423 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6424 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6431 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6432 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17888 32279))
6433 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6435 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6436 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6438 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6440 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6441 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6442 or nil if there is no parent.
6443 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6444 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6445 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6446 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6447 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6449 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6450 arguments are currently understood:
6452 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6453 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6455 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6456 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6458 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6459 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6461 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6463 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6465 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6466 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6467 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6469 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6470 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6472 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6473 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6474 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6476 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6477 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6479 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6480 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6482 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6484 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6486 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6487 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6488 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6489 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6490 the first time the mode is used.
6492 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6496 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6497 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17888 36935))
6498 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6500 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6501 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6502 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6503 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6504 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6507 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6509 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6510 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6511 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6512 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6513 character composition information (if relevant),
6514 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6520 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6521 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6522 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6523 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17888 32279))
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6526 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6527 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6528 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6530 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6532 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6533 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6534 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6535 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6536 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6537 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6541 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6542 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6543 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6544 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6546 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6548 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6549 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6550 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6552 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6553 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6554 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6556 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6557 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6559 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6560 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6561 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6563 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6564 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6565 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6566 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6568 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6570 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6571 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6573 Handlers are called with argument list
6575 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6577 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6579 desktop-file-version
6580 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6581 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6582 desktop-buffer-point
6584 desktop-buffer-read-only
6585 desktop-buffer-locals
6587 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6588 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6590 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6593 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6595 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6596 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6598 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6600 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6602 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6603 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6604 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6605 List elements must have the form
6607 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6609 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6612 Handlers are called with argument list
6614 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6616 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6618 desktop-file-version
6619 desktop-buffer-file-name
6621 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6622 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6623 desktop-buffer-point
6625 desktop-buffer-read-only
6628 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6629 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6632 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6635 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6637 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6638 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6640 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6642 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6644 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6646 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6648 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6649 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6650 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6654 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6655 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6656 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6657 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6659 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6661 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6662 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6663 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6667 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6668 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6669 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6670 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6671 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6672 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6673 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6674 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6676 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6678 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6679 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6680 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6684 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6685 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6686 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6687 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6690 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6692 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6693 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6697 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6698 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6704 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6705 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6706 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17888 32279))
6707 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6709 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6710 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6711 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6712 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6713 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6714 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6716 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6718 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6719 Repair a broken attribution line.
6720 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6722 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6724 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6725 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6726 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6727 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6729 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6731 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6732 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6738 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6739 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17888 32280))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6742 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6744 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6747 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6749 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6756 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6757 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17888 32279))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6760 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6761 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6762 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6763 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6764 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6768 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6769 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6770 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6771 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6773 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6774 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6775 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6776 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6779 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6781 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6782 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6783 european-calendar-style t \\
6784 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6785 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6786 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6788 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6789 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6790 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6791 to run it every morning at 1am.
6793 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6795 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6796 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6802 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6803 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17888 32279))
6804 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6806 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6807 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6809 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6811 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6812 *The command to use to run diff.")
6814 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6816 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6817 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6818 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6819 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6820 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6821 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6823 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6825 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6826 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6827 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6828 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6829 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6830 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6832 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6836 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6837 ;;;;;; (17888 36650))
6838 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6840 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6841 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6842 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6844 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6845 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6846 headers for you on-the-fly.
6848 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6849 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6850 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6855 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6856 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6857 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6863 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6864 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6865 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6866 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6867 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17888 32279))
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6870 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6871 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6872 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6873 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6874 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6875 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6876 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6877 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6879 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6881 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6882 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6884 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6885 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6886 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6887 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6888 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6890 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6891 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6893 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6894 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6895 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6896 always set this variable to t.")
6898 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6900 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6901 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6902 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6903 A value of t means move to first file.")
6905 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6907 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6908 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6909 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6910 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6911 are afterward marked with that character.")
6913 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6915 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6916 *Controls marking of copied files.
6917 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6918 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6920 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6922 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6923 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6924 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6925 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6929 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6930 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6931 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6932 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6934 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6936 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6937 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6938 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6939 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6941 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6943 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6945 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6946 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6947 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6949 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6951 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6952 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6953 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6954 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6955 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6956 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6958 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6959 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6960 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6961 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6962 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6963 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6964 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6965 list of files to make directory entries for.
6966 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6967 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6968 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6969 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6971 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6973 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6974 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6976 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6977 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6979 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6980 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6982 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6983 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6985 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6987 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6988 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6990 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6992 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6993 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6994 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6995 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6996 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6997 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6998 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6999 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7000 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7001 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7002 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7003 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7004 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7005 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7006 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7007 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7008 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7009 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7010 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7011 to see why something went wrong.
7012 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7013 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7014 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7015 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7016 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7017 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7018 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7019 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7020 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7021 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7022 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7023 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7024 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7026 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7027 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7028 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7029 again for the directory tree.
7031 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7034 `dired-listing-switches'
7035 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7036 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7041 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7042 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7044 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7046 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7047 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7054 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7055 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7059 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7060 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7061 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7062 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7063 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7065 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7066 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7067 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7068 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7069 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7070 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7071 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7072 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17888 36644))
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7075 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7076 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7077 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7078 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7079 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7080 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7081 which is options for `diff'.
7083 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7085 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7086 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7087 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7088 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7089 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7090 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7092 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7094 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7095 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7096 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7097 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7098 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7099 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7100 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7102 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7104 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7105 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7106 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7107 returned by function `file-attributes'
7109 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7110 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7112 Examples of PREDICATE:
7114 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7115 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7116 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7117 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7118 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7120 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7122 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7124 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7133 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7134 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7138 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7139 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7144 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7146 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7147 `lpr-switches' as default.
7149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7151 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7152 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7153 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7154 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7155 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7157 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7158 with a prefix argument.
7162 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7163 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7164 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7165 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7166 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7168 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7169 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7171 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7172 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7173 file name substituted for `?'.
7175 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7176 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7178 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7179 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7180 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7181 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7183 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7185 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7186 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7187 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7189 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7190 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7193 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7194 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7195 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7197 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7199 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7202 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7204 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7205 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7206 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7207 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7208 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7209 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7210 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7211 from the buffer as well.
7212 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7213 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7214 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7216 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7218 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7221 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7223 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7226 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7228 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7229 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7233 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7234 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7238 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7239 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7243 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7244 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7245 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7246 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7248 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7249 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7250 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7251 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7252 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7253 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7254 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7256 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7258 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7261 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7263 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7266 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7268 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7269 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7271 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7273 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7276 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7278 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7281 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7283 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7284 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7286 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7288 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7289 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7290 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7291 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7292 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7293 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7294 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7295 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7296 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7298 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7303 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7304 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7305 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7306 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7307 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7308 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7309 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7310 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7312 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7316 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7317 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7318 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7319 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7320 and new hard links are made in that directory
7321 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7322 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7323 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7328 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7329 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7330 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7331 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7332 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7333 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7337 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7338 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7340 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7341 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7342 file if none are marked.
7344 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7345 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7346 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7347 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7349 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7350 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7352 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7354 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7355 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7356 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7358 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7360 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7361 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7362 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7364 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7366 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7367 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7368 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7370 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7372 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7373 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7377 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7382 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7383 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7384 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7385 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7386 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7387 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7389 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7391 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7392 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7393 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7394 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7395 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7396 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7397 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7399 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7401 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7402 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7403 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7404 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7405 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7406 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7408 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7410 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7412 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7413 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7414 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7416 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7418 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7419 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7420 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7421 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7425 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7426 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7427 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7428 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7432 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7433 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7434 Lower levels are unaffected.
7436 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7438 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7439 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7443 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7444 Go down in the dired tree.
7448 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7449 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7450 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7451 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7455 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7456 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7457 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7458 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7462 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7463 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7464 Stops when a match is found.
7465 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7467 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7469 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7470 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7471 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7472 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7473 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7475 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7477 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7478 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7479 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7480 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7482 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7486 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7487 ;;;;;; (17888 36644))
7488 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7490 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7491 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7492 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7493 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7494 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7495 buffer and try again.
7497 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7499 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7500 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7501 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7502 This creates relative symbolic links like
7506 not absolute ones like
7508 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7510 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17888 32279))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7519 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7520 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7521 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7523 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7525 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7526 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7528 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7529 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7531 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7535 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17888
7537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7539 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7540 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7541 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7542 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7543 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7544 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7546 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7551 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7552 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7553 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7554 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7555 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17888 36935))
7556 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7558 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7559 Return a new, empty display table.
7563 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7564 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7565 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7566 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7567 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7569 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7571 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7572 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7573 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7574 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7575 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7577 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7579 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7580 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7584 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7585 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7589 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7590 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7594 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7595 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7599 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7600 Display character C using printable string S.
7604 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7605 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7606 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7607 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7609 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7611 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7612 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7613 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7616 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7618 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7619 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7621 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7623 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7624 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7626 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7628 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7629 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7631 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7633 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7634 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7636 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7638 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7639 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7641 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7643 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7644 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7646 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7647 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7648 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7649 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7651 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7652 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7653 European character display.
7655 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7656 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7657 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7658 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7660 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7661 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7662 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7663 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7664 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7670 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7671 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7674 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7675 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7676 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7677 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7678 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7679 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7680 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17888 32279))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7690 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7691 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7692 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7693 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7694 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7695 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7697 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7698 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7699 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7700 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7701 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7703 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7708 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17888 32281))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7711 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7712 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7713 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7714 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7715 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7716 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7717 table and its own syntax table.
7719 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7722 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7724 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7725 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7728 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17888 32280))
7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7735 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7736 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7742 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7743 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
7744 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7746 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7749 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7751 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7753 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7755 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7757 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7758 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7764 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17888 32280))
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7767 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7768 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7775 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7778 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7779 Play sounds in message buffers.
7785 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7786 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7787 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17888 36645))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7790 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7792 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7793 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7794 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7795 and toggle command MODE.
7797 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7798 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7799 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7800 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7801 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7802 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7803 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7804 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7807 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7808 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7809 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7810 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7811 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7812 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7813 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7814 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7815 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7816 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7817 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7818 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7819 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7820 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7821 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7822 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7823 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7825 For example, you could write
7826 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7827 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7830 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7832 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7834 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7836 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7837 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7838 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7839 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7840 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7841 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7842 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7843 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7844 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7845 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7846 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7847 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7849 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7850 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7851 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7852 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7853 call another major mode in their body.
7855 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7857 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7858 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7859 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7860 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7861 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7862 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7863 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7865 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7867 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7870 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7872 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7873 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7874 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7876 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7880 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7881 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17888
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7885 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7887 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7888 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7890 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7891 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7892 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7894 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7895 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7899 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7900 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7904 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7905 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7909 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7910 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7912 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7914 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7916 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7918 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7919 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7921 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7922 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7924 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7926 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7928 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7932 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7933 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7934 computed automatically.
7935 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7939 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7941 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7942 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7943 keyboard equivalent.
7947 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7948 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7952 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7953 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7957 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7958 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7962 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7966 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7967 radio: A radio button.
7968 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7969 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7971 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7975 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7976 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7980 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7982 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7983 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7984 as a solid horizontal line.
7986 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7988 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7990 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7993 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7995 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7996 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7997 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7998 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8000 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8002 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
8003 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8004 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8005 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8006 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8007 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8009 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8010 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8011 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8013 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8014 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8015 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8017 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8018 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8020 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8024 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8025 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8026 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8027 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8028 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8029 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8030 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8031 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17888 36644))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8034 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8035 Customization for ebnf group.
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8042 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8044 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8047 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8051 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8054 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8055 killed after process termination.
8057 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8059 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8064 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8065 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8068 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8069 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8070 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8071 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8073 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8075 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8076 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8077 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8079 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8081 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8082 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8084 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8086 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8089 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8091 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8096 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8097 killed after process termination.
8099 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8101 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8103 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8104 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8105 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8106 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8108 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8114 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8116 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8120 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8121 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8123 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8125 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8128 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8130 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8132 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8135 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8136 killed after EPS generation.
8138 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8140 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8142 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8143 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8145 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8146 The EPS file name has the following form:
8148 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8150 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8151 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8153 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8154 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8155 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8156 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8157 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8159 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8164 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8165 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8167 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8168 The EPS file name has the following form:
8170 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8172 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8173 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8175 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8176 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8177 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8178 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8179 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8181 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8186 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8191 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8193 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8196 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8198 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8200 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8201 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8203 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8204 killed after syntax checking.
8206 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8208 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8210 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8211 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8215 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8220 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8221 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8225 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8226 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8230 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8232 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8242 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8244 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8246 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8247 Set STYLE as the current style.
8249 Returns the old style symbol.
8251 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8255 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8256 Reset current style.
8258 Returns the old style symbol.
8260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8262 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8264 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8265 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8267 Returns the old style symbol.
8269 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8273 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8275 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8276 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8278 Returns the old style symbol.
8280 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8293 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8296 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8297 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8298 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17888
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8302 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8303 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8304 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8305 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8306 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8307 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8309 Tree mode key bindings:
8310 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8314 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8315 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8319 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8320 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8322 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8326 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8327 View declaration of member at point.
8331 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8332 Find declaration of member at point.
8336 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8337 View definition of member at point.
8341 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8342 Find definition of member at point.
8346 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8347 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8351 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8352 View definition of member at point in other window.
8356 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8357 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8361 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8362 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8366 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8367 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8371 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8372 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8376 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8377 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8378 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8379 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8382 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8384 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8385 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8386 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8387 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8389 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8391 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8392 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8393 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8394 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8396 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8398 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8399 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8400 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8404 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8405 Search for call sites of a member.
8406 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8407 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8408 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8409 looks like a function call to the member.
8411 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8413 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8414 Move backward in the position stack.
8415 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Move forward in the position stack.
8421 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8425 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8426 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8430 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8431 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8435 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8436 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8437 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8438 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8440 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8442 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8443 Display statistics for a class tree.
8449 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8450 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8453 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8454 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8455 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8456 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8458 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8459 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8460 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8462 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8463 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8464 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8466 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8468 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8475 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17888 32279))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8478 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8479 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8480 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8482 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8486 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8487 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8488 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17888 32279))
8489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8491 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8492 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8493 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8494 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8495 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8497 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8498 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8499 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8500 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8502 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8504 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8505 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8506 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8507 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8509 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8511 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8512 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8513 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8514 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8516 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8518 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8520 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8521 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8522 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8523 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8524 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8526 If you do this on a function definition
8527 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8528 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8529 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8530 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8532 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8533 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8534 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8535 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8540 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8541 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8545 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8546 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8553 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8554 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8555 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8556 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8557 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8558 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8559 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8560 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8561 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17888 32279))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8564 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8565 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8567 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8572 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8574 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8576 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8578 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8579 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8580 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8581 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8585 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8588 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8590 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8595 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8597 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8599 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8601 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8602 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8604 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8606 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8610 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8611 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8613 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8615 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8617 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8618 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8619 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8620 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8622 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8624 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8626 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8627 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8628 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8629 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8631 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8633 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8635 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8636 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8637 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8638 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8639 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8640 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8642 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8644 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8645 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8646 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8647 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8649 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8651 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8654 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8655 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8656 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8658 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8660 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8662 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8664 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8665 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8666 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8668 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8669 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8671 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8673 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8674 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8675 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8677 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8678 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8680 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8682 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8683 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8684 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8685 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8686 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8688 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8691 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8692 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8693 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8694 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8695 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8697 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8699 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8701 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8702 Merge two files without ancestor.
8704 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8706 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8707 Merge two files with ancestor.
8709 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8711 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8713 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8714 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8716 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8719 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8723 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8724 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8725 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8728 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8730 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8731 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8732 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8735 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8739 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8740 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8744 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8745 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8746 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8747 and don't ask the user.
8748 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8749 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8751 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8753 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8754 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8755 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8756 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8757 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8758 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8759 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8760 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8762 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8764 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8766 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8769 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8770 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8771 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8772 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8774 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8776 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8778 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8779 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8780 When called interactively, displays the version.
8784 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8785 Display Ediff's manual.
8786 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8788 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8793 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8796 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17888 32279))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8806 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8807 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8809 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8811 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8816 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8819 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8820 Display Ediff's registry.
8824 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8829 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17888 32279))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8832 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8833 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8834 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8839 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8840 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8841 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8842 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8849 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8853 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8854 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8855 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8857 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8858 Edit a keyboard macro.
8859 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8860 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8861 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8863 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8865 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8867 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8868 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8870 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8872 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8873 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8875 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8877 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8878 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8879 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8880 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8881 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8882 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8884 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8885 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8886 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8887 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8889 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8891 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8892 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8893 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8894 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8895 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8896 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8898 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8903 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17888 32279))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8906 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8908 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8909 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8911 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8913 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8914 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8921 ;;;;;; (17888 36935))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8924 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8925 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8926 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8927 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8928 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8929 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8930 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8932 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8933 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8935 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8936 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8937 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8938 this value is non-nil.
8940 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8941 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8942 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8944 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8945 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8946 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8948 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8950 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8953 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8958 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17888 32279))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8961 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8962 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8964 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8966 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8967 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8968 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8969 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8970 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8971 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8972 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8974 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8978 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8979 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8983 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8984 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8985 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8986 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8987 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8988 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8991 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8992 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17888
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9000 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
9001 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9003 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9004 an elided material again.
9006 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9012 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9013 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9016 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9023 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9024 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17888
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9028 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9029 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9030 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9032 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9034 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9035 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9036 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9038 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9040 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9041 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9042 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9044 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9046 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9048 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9049 Display current profiling results.
9050 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9051 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9059 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9062 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9063 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9064 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9066 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9070 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9071 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9072 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9073 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9074 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17888 32224))
9075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9077 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9078 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9079 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9080 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9081 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9082 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9083 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9084 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9085 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9086 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9087 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9088 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9089 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9090 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9091 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9092 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9094 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9095 Run Emerge on two files.
9097 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9099 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9100 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9102 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9104 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9105 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9107 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9109 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9110 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9112 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9114 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9119 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9124 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9127 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9129 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9132 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9134 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9135 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9137 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9139 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9140 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9142 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9144 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9147 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9152 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9155 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9156 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9158 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9160 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9165 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17888 32281))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9168 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9169 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9170 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9171 text/enriched format.
9172 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9174 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9175 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9179 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9183 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9186 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9188 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9191 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9196 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17888 32279))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9199 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9200 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9204 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9205 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9206 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9207 (server (erc-compute-server))
9208 (port (erc-compute-port))
9209 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9211 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9213 That is, if called with
9215 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9217 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9218 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9219 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9221 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9223 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9224 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9225 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9226 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9228 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17888
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17888 32279))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17888 32277))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9247 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17888 32279))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9257 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9258 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17888 32279))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9261 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9262 Parser for /dcc command.
9263 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9264 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9265 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9267 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9269 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9270 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9274 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9275 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9277 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9278 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9279 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9282 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9287 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9288 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9289 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9290 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9293 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9294 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9296 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9298 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9299 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9300 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9301 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9303 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9305 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9308 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9310 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9311 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9313 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9315 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9316 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9318 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9320 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9321 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9323 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9325 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9326 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9328 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9330 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9331 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9333 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9335 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9336 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9338 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9340 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9341 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9345 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9346 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9352 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17888
9354 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9355 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9357 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9358 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9359 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17888
9367 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9368 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9372 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9373 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17888 32279))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9377 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9378 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9379 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9380 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9381 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9382 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9385 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9387 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9390 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9394 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9395 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
9396 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9398 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17888 32279))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9407 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9411 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9412 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17888 32279))
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9414 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9416 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9417 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9418 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9419 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9420 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9421 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9423 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9425 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9426 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9427 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9428 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9430 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9431 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9434 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9435 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9437 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9441 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9442 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9443 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9444 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9446 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9448 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9449 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9453 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9454 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9458 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9459 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9463 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9464 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9468 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9469 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9473 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9474 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9478 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9479 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9483 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9484 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17888 32279))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9492 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9497 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9499 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9501 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9508 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9509 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17888 32279))
9510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9512 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9513 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9514 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9515 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9519 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9520 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9526 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9527 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17888 32279))
9528 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9529 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9531 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9532 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9533 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9534 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9536 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9538 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17888 32279))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9547 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17888
9553 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9554 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17888 32279))
9559 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9560 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17888 32279))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9566 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9570 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9571 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17888 32279))
9572 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9573 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9575 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9576 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9580 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9581 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9582 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9584 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17888 32279))
9589 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9590 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9594 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9595 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
9596 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9598 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9599 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9600 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17888
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9609 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17888 32279))
9614 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9615 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17888 32279))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9621 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9622 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9626 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9627 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17888 32279))
9628 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9629 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9631 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9632 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9633 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9634 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9636 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9638 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9639 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9640 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9647 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9650 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9651 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9657 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17888
9659 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9661 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9662 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9670 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17888
9672 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9674 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9675 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9681 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9682 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17888 32279))
9683 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9685 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9686 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9687 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9688 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9689 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9690 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9691 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9692 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9693 buffer selected (or created).
9695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9697 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9698 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9699 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9701 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9703 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9704 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9705 The result might be any Lisp object.
9706 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9707 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9708 corresponding to a successful execution.
9710 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9712 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9713 Report a bug in Eshell.
9714 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9715 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9721 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9722 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9723 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9724 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9725 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9726 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9727 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9728 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
9729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9731 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9732 *File name of tags table.
9733 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9734 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9735 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9736 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9738 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9739 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9740 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9741 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9743 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9745 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9746 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9747 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9748 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9749 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9750 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9752 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9754 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9755 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9756 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9757 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9758 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9759 `auto-compression-mode').")
9761 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9763 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9764 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9765 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9766 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9767 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9769 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9771 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9772 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9773 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9774 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9776 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9778 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9779 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9780 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9781 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9782 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9784 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9786 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9787 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9791 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9792 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9793 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9794 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9796 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9797 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9798 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9799 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9800 file the tag was in.
9802 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9804 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9805 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9806 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9807 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9808 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9809 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9810 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9811 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9812 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9814 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9816 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9817 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9818 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9819 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9820 without directory names.
9824 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9825 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9826 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9827 but does not select the buffer.
9828 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9830 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9831 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9832 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9833 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9834 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9836 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9838 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9839 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9840 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9842 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9844 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9846 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9847 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9848 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9849 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9851 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9852 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9853 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9854 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9855 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9857 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9859 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9860 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9861 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9863 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9865 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9866 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9868 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9869 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9870 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9871 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9872 around or before point.
9874 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9875 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9876 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9877 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9878 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9880 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9882 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9883 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9884 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9886 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9888 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9889 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9891 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9892 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9893 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9894 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9895 around or before point.
9897 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9898 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9899 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9900 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9901 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9903 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9905 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9906 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9907 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9909 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9911 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9912 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9914 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9915 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9916 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9918 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9919 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9920 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9921 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9922 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9924 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9926 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9927 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9928 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9930 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9932 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9933 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9934 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9936 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9937 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9939 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9940 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9941 where they were found.
9945 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9946 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9948 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9949 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9950 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9952 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9953 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9955 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9956 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9958 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9960 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9961 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9962 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9963 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9965 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9966 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9967 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9968 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9969 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9971 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9972 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9974 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9975 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9976 Stops when a match is found.
9977 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9979 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9981 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9983 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9984 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9985 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9986 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9987 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9989 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9991 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9993 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9994 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9995 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9996 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9997 directory specification.
9999 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10001 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10002 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10004 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10007 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10008 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10009 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10013 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10014 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10015 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10016 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10017 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10023 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10024 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10025 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10026 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10027 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10028 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10029 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10030 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17888 32280))
10031 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10033 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10038 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10039 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10040 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10041 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10043 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10044 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10047 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10048 even if the buffer is read-only.
10050 See also the descriptions of the variables
10051 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10052 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10054 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10056 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10057 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10059 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10060 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10062 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10063 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10066 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10067 buffer is read-only.
10069 See also the descriptions of the variables
10070 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10071 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10073 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10075 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10076 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10077 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10081 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10082 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10084 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10085 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10087 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10088 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10092 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10093 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10094 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10095 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10099 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10100 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10101 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10102 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10104 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10105 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10106 the primary language.
10108 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10109 buffer is read-only.
10111 See also the descriptions of the variables
10112 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10113 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10115 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10117 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10118 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10119 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10120 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10122 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10123 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10126 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10127 buffer is read-only.
10129 See also the descriptions of the variables
10130 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10131 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10133 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10135 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10136 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10137 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10141 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10142 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10144 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10145 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10146 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10147 3) convert the body into SERA.
10149 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10153 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10154 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10155 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10157 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10159 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10160 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10164 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10165 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10167 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10168 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10171 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10172 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10173 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10175 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10177 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10179 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10180 Allow the user to input special characters.
10184 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10185 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10186 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10190 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10191 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10195 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10196 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10198 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10199 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10201 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10202 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10206 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10207 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10211 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10212 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10216 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10217 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10223 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10224 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10225 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
10226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10228 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10229 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10230 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10231 server for future sessions.
10233 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10235 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10236 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10237 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10239 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10241 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10242 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10243 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10245 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10247 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10248 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10249 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10250 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10251 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10252 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10253 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10254 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10255 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10256 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10257 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10258 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10260 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10262 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10263 Display a form to query the directory server.
10264 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10265 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10267 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10270 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10271 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10275 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10279 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10280 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10281 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17888 32280))
10282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10284 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10285 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10287 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10289 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10290 Display URL and make it clickable.
10292 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10294 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10295 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10297 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10299 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10300 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10302 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10304 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10305 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10307 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10309 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10310 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10312 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10317 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17888 32280))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10320 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10321 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10322 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10326 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10327 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10333 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10334 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10337 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10338 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10344 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17888
10346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10348 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10349 Create an empty ewoc.
10351 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10353 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10354 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10355 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10356 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10357 `insert-before-markers'.
10359 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10360 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10361 respectively, of the ewoc.
10363 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10364 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10365 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10367 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10371 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10372 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10373 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10374 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
10375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10377 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10378 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10379 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10381 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10383 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10384 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10385 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10386 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10387 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10389 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10391 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10392 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10393 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10394 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10395 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10398 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10400 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10401 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10402 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10406 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10407 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10408 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10415 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10416 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17888 32279))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10419 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10420 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10421 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10422 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10424 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10426 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10427 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10428 to generate such functions.
10430 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10431 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10432 beginning of the expanded text.
10434 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10435 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10436 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10437 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10439 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10441 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10443 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10444 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10445 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10449 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10450 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10451 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10454 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10455 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10459 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17888 32281))
10460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10462 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10463 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10464 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10466 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10467 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10468 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10470 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10475 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10478 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10480 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10482 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10483 `f90-program-indent'
10484 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10486 `f90-continuation-indent'
10487 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10488 `f90-comment-region'
10489 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10490 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10491 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10492 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10494 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10495 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10496 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10497 `f90-break-delimiters'
10498 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10499 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10500 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10501 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10503 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10504 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10506 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10507 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10508 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10509 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10510 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10511 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10512 `f90-leave-line-no'
10513 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10515 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10516 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10522 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10523 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10524 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10525 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10526 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17888 32279))
10527 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10528 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10529 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10531 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10532 Menu keymap for faces.")
10534 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10536 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10537 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10539 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10541 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10542 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10544 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10546 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10547 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10549 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10551 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10552 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10554 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10556 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10557 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10559 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10561 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10562 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10564 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10566 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10568 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10570 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10573 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10575 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10576 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10577 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10578 to the faces to use for the next character
10579 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10580 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10582 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10583 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10584 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10585 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10586 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10587 preceding faces (including FACE).
10589 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10590 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10592 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10594 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10595 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10596 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10598 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10599 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10602 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10603 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10604 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10606 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10608 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10609 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10610 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10612 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10613 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10616 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10617 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10618 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10620 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10622 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10623 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10624 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10625 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10626 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10627 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10628 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10630 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10631 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10634 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10635 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10636 to insert cancels the specification.
10638 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10640 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10641 Make the region invisible.
10642 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10643 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10645 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10647 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10648 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10649 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10650 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10654 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10655 Make the region unmodifiable.
10656 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10657 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10661 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10662 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10664 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10666 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10667 Remove all text properties from the region.
10669 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10671 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10672 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10673 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10675 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10677 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10678 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10680 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10682 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10683 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10684 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10685 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10686 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10687 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10689 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10693 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10694 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17888 32280))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10697 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10698 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10699 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10700 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10702 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10704 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10705 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10706 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10708 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10709 - When you save the file's buffer.
10710 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10711 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10712 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10713 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10715 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10717 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10718 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10719 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10720 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10724 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10725 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10729 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10733 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10734 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10735 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 32266))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10738 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10739 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10740 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10741 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10745 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10746 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10750 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10751 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10752 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10753 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10757 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10758 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10759 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10760 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10761 backup file names and the like).
10763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10765 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10766 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10767 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10768 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10769 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10770 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10771 internally by feedmail):
10773 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10774 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10775 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10776 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10778 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10779 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10780 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10781 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10782 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10784 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10788 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10789 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17888 32279))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10792 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10793 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10794 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10795 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10796 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10797 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10798 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10800 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10802 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10803 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10804 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10805 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10806 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10807 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10808 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10810 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10812 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10814 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10815 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10816 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10817 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10818 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10819 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10821 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10823 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10824 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10825 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10827 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10828 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10833 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10834 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10836 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10838 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10839 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10845 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10846 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10847 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10848 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17888 32279))
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10851 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10852 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10853 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10854 be added to the cache.
10856 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10858 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10859 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10860 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10861 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10862 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10864 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10866 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10867 Add FILE to the file cache.
10871 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10872 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10873 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10875 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10877 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10878 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10879 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10881 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10883 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10884 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10885 This function does not use any external programs
10886 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10887 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10888 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10890 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10892 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10893 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10894 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10895 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10896 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10897 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10898 \(directories) is done.
10901 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10902 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10903 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10907 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17888
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10911 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10912 Filesets initialization.
10913 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17888 32281))
10920 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10921 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10926 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10927 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
10928 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10930 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10931 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10932 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10933 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10934 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10936 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10938 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10939 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10940 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10941 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10942 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10944 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10946 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10947 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10948 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10949 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10951 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10953 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10954 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10955 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10957 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10959 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10960 as the final argument.
10962 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10964 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10965 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10966 and run dired on those files.
10967 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10968 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10970 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10972 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10974 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10975 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10976 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10978 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10980 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10982 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10986 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10987 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10988 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10991 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10992 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10993 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10994 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10995 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10996 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10997 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10999 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
11000 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11001 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11003 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11005 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11007 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11009 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11010 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11011 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11013 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11014 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11016 Variables of interest include:
11018 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11019 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11020 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11022 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11023 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11024 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11026 - `ff-ignore-include'
11027 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11029 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11030 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11033 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11035 - `ff-special-constructs'
11036 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11037 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11038 extracting the filename from that construct.
11040 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11041 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11043 - `ff-search-directories'
11044 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11045 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11047 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11048 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11050 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11051 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11053 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11054 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11056 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11057 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11059 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11060 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11062 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11064 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11065 Visit the file you click on.
11067 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11069 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11070 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11072 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11076 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11077 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11078 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11079 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11080 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11081 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11082 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17888 32279))
11083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11085 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11086 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11088 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11090 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11091 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11092 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11093 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11095 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11096 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11097 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11098 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11100 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11102 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11103 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11105 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11106 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11107 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11108 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11110 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11111 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11114 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11116 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11117 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11119 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11120 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11121 places point before the definition.
11122 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11124 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11125 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11126 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11128 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11130 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11131 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11133 See `find-function' for more details.
11135 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11137 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11138 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11140 See `find-function' for more details.
11142 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11144 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11145 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11147 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11148 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11149 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11151 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11152 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11154 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11156 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11157 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11159 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11160 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11161 places point before the definition.
11163 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11165 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11166 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11167 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11169 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11171 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11172 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11174 See `find-variable' for more details.
11176 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11178 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11179 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11181 See `find-variable' for more details.
11183 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11185 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11186 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11187 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11188 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11189 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11190 buffer nor display it.
11192 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11193 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11195 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11197 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11198 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11200 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11201 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11202 places point before the definition.
11204 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11206 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11207 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11208 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11212 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11213 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11214 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11218 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11219 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11223 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11224 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11228 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11229 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11235 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11236 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17888 32279))
11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11239 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11240 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11242 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11244 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11245 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11249 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11250 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11252 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11256 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11257 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17888 32279))
11258 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11260 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11261 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11265 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11266 Display FILE's commentary section.
11267 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11271 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11272 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11278 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11279 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17888 32279))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11282 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11283 Toggle flow control handling.
11284 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11285 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11287 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11289 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11290 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11291 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11292 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11293 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11294 to get the effect of a C-q.
11296 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11300 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11301 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
11302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11304 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11307 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11309 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11312 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11316 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11317 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17888 36581))
11318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11320 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11321 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11322 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11323 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11327 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11328 Turn flymake mode on.
11332 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11333 Turn flymake mode off.
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11340 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11341 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17888 32281))
11342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11344 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11345 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11348 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11350 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11351 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11352 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11353 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11354 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11355 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11358 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11359 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11360 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11361 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11364 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11367 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11368 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11369 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11371 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11373 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11374 in your .emacs file.
11376 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11377 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11381 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11382 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11386 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11387 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11391 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11392 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11396 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11397 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11399 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11401 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11402 Flyspell whole buffer.
11408 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11409 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11410 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
11411 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11413 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11414 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11418 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11419 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11423 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11424 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11426 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11427 of two major techniques:
11429 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11430 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11431 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11433 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11434 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11435 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11438 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11439 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11440 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11441 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11442 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11445 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11446 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11448 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11450 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11451 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11452 \(This is the default.)
11454 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11455 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11457 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11458 \\{follow-mode-map}
11460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11462 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11463 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11465 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11466 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11467 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11468 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11469 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11470 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11472 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11473 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11474 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11476 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11477 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11478 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11484 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17888
11486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11488 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11489 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11490 \\<message-mode-map>
11494 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11495 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11496 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11497 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11498 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11499 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11505 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11506 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17888 32279))
11507 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11509 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11510 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11512 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11513 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11514 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11515 C-c < forms-first-record <
11516 C-c > forms-last-record >
11517 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11518 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11519 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11520 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11521 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11522 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11523 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11524 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11525 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11526 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11528 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11530 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11531 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11535 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11536 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11542 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11543 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17888 32281))
11544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11546 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11547 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11548 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11549 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11550 with a character in column 6.")
11552 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11554 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11555 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11556 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11558 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11559 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11561 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11564 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11566 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11568 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11569 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11570 `fortran-do-indent'
11571 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11572 `fortran-if-indent'
11573 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11574 `fortran-structure-indent'
11575 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11577 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11578 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11579 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11580 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11581 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11582 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11583 nil don't change the indentation
11584 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11586 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11587 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11588 depending on the continuation format in use.
11589 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11590 indentation for a line of code.
11592 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11593 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11594 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11595 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11596 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11597 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11598 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11599 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11600 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11601 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11603 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11604 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11605 statements (default nil).
11606 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11607 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11608 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11609 `fortran-continuation-string'
11610 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11611 line (default \"$\").
11612 `fortran-comment-region'
11613 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11614 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11615 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11616 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11617 as typed (default t).
11618 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11619 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11621 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11622 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11629 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17888 32280))
11630 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11632 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11633 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11635 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11636 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11638 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11640 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11641 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11643 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11644 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11646 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11648 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11649 Compile fortune file.
11651 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11652 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11654 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11656 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11657 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11659 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11660 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11661 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11662 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11664 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11666 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11667 Display a fortune cookie.
11669 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11670 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11671 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11672 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11674 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11678 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11679 ;;;;;; (17888 36650))
11680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11682 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11683 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11684 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11685 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11687 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11688 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11689 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11690 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11692 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11693 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11694 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11695 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11696 some of the buffers.
11698 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11700 The following commands help control operation :
11702 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11703 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11705 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11706 detailed description of this mode.
11709 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11711 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11712 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11716 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11717 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11718 | | (comint-mode) |
11725 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11726 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11727 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11728 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11729 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11730 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11732 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11734 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11735 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11737 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11741 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11742 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17888
11744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11746 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11747 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11748 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11749 instead (which see).")
11751 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11752 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11754 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11755 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11756 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11757 documentation string instead.
11759 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11760 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11761 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11762 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11763 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11764 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11765 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11766 enders are actually possible.
11768 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11769 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11771 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11772 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11773 `font-lock-keywords'.
11775 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11776 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11777 runs the macro expansion.
11779 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11780 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11781 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11783 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11785 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11787 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11788 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11790 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11792 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11793 Enter generic mode MODE.
11795 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11796 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11797 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11799 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11800 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11804 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11805 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11806 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11807 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11808 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11809 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11810 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11811 `font-lock-keywords'.
11813 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11817 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11818 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
11819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11821 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11822 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11823 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11824 at places they belong to.
11826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11830 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11831 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17888 32279))
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11834 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11835 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11837 Guideline for numbers:
11838 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11839 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11842 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11844 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11845 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11846 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11848 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11850 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11851 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11853 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11855 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11856 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11858 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11859 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11860 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11861 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11862 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11863 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11865 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11866 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11867 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11868 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11869 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11871 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11873 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11877 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11878 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17888 32279))
11879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11880 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11881 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11883 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11884 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11888 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11890 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11891 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11892 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11893 name of an NNTP server to use.
11894 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11897 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11899 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11900 Read news as a slave.
11902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11904 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11905 Pop up a frame to read news.
11906 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11907 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11908 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11909 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11910 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11911 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11912 current display is used.
11914 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11916 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11918 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11919 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11920 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11922 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11926 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11927 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11928 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11929 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11930 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11931 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17888 32279))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11934 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11935 Start Gnus unplugged.
11939 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11940 Start Gnus plugged.
11944 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11945 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11949 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11950 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11952 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11953 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11954 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11956 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11957 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11958 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11962 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11963 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11967 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11969 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11970 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11971 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11974 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11976 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11977 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11978 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11979 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11980 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11983 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11990 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11991 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11992 downloaded into the agent.
11994 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11996 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11997 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11998 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11999 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12001 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12003 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
12004 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12008 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12009 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12013 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12014 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12015 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12017 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12022 ;;;;;; (17888 36581))
12023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12025 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12026 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12033 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12036 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12037 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12043 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12044 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12045 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17888
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12049 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12050 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12053 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12057 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12058 Generate the cache active file.
12060 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12062 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12063 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12067 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12068 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12069 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12070 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12071 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12074 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12076 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12077 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12078 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12079 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12080 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12083 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12087 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12088 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17888 32279))
12089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12091 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12092 Delay this article by some time.
12093 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12095 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12096 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12098 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12099 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12101 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12102 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12104 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12106 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12107 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12111 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12112 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12113 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12114 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12116 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12117 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12119 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12123 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12124 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17888 32279))
12125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12127 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12130 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12132 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12135 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12139 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12140 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12143 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12144 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12151 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12154 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12155 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12161 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12162 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12163 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17888
12165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12167 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12168 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12172 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12173 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12177 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12178 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12182 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12183 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12187 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12188 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12189 The PNG is returned as a string.
12191 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12193 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12194 Convert FILE to a Face.
12195 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12198 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12202 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12203 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17888 32279))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12206 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12207 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12208 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12210 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12212 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12213 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12215 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12219 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12220 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12223 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12225 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12226 Run batched scoring.
12227 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12233 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12234 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12235 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12238 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12243 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12244 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12245 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12247 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12249 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12250 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12252 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12258 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12259 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12260 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12263 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12264 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12265 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12266 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12269 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12270 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12271 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12272 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12274 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12275 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12276 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12277 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12278 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12279 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12280 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12281 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12282 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12283 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12285 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12287 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12288 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12289 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12292 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12293 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12295 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12297 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12298 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12299 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12301 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12305 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12306 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12307 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12309 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12311 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12312 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12313 existing groups are considered.
12315 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12316 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12319 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12320 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12321 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12322 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12323 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12324 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12325 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12326 clauses will be generated.
12328 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12329 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12330 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12331 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12332 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12333 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12335 For example, given the following group parameters:
12338 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12339 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12341 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12342 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12343 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12344 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12346 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12348 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12350 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12352 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12353 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12356 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12360 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12361 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12364 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12365 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12366 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12368 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12372 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12373 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17888 32279))
12374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12376 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12377 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12378 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12379 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12381 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12383 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12386 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12388 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12389 Like `message-reply'.
12391 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12393 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12397 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12398 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17888 32279))
12399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12402 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12406 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12407 Load the NoCeM cache.
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12414 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12415 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12418 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12419 Display picons in the From header.
12420 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12424 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12425 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12426 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12430 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12431 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12432 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12438 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12439 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12440 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12441 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12442 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17888 32279))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12445 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12446 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12447 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12448 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12450 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12452 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12453 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12454 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12460 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12461 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12463 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12465 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12468 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12470 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12471 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12472 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12474 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12476 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12477 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12478 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12480 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12482 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12484 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12485 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12486 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12488 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12490 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12491 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12492 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12494 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12496 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12497 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12498 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12500 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12503 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12505 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12509 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12510 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17888 32279))
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12513 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12518 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12519 Install the registry hooks.
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12526 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17888
12528 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12530 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12531 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12532 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12533 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12534 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12535 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12539 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12540 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12541 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12542 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12543 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12547 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12555 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12558 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12559 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12560 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12561 for matching on group names.
12563 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12564 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12566 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12568 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12575 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12578 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12579 Update the format specification near point.
12585 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12586 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17888
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12590 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12591 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12593 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12595 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12603 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12606 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12607 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12609 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12613 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17888 32280))
12614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12616 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12617 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12619 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12620 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12621 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12623 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12624 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12625 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12627 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12628 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12630 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12631 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12633 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12635 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12639 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12640 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17888 32280))
12641 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12643 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12645 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12646 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12647 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12648 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12649 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12651 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12653 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12654 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12655 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12657 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12658 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12660 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12661 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12664 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12668 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12669 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12670 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17888 36935))
12671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12673 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12674 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12676 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12678 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12679 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12680 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12681 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12682 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12684 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12685 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12687 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12689 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12690 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12691 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12692 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12694 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12696 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12697 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12699 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12701 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12702 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12704 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12705 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12706 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12708 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12709 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12710 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12712 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12713 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12715 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12716 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12718 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12720 (defvar grep-history nil)
12722 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12724 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12725 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12726 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12730 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12735 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12736 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12740 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12741 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12742 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12743 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12744 where grep found matches.
12746 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12747 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12749 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12750 easily repeat a grep command.
12752 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12753 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12754 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12755 if that history list is empty).
12757 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12759 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12760 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12761 Collect output in a buffer.
12762 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12763 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12765 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12766 easily repeat a find command.
12768 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12770 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12772 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12773 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12774 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12775 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12776 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12778 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12779 before it is executed.
12780 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12782 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12783 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12784 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12786 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12788 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12790 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12791 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12792 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12793 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12794 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12796 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12797 before it is executed.
12798 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12800 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12801 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12802 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12804 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12806 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12810 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17888 32280))
12811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12813 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12814 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12815 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12816 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12817 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12819 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12823 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12824 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17888 36930))
12825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12827 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12828 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12830 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12831 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12832 `gdba' for more information.
12834 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12835 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12836 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12837 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12838 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12841 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12843 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12844 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12845 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12846 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12848 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12850 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12851 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12852 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12853 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12855 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12857 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12858 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12859 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12860 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12862 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12863 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12865 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12867 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12868 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12869 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12870 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12872 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12874 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12875 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12876 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12877 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12879 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12881 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12882 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12883 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12884 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12885 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12887 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12888 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12889 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12890 original source file access method.
12892 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12893 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12895 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12897 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12898 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12899 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12900 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12902 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12903 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12905 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12907 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12908 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12914 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17888
12916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12918 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12919 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12920 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12921 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12923 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12924 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12925 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12926 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12932 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12933 ;;;;;; (17888 32266))
12934 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12936 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12937 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12939 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12941 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12942 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12943 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12944 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12946 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12950 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12951 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12952 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12953 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12960 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12961 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12962 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12963 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17888 32280))
12964 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12966 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12967 Return the help-echo string at point.
12968 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12969 property, or nil, is returned.
12970 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12971 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12972 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12974 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12976 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12977 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12978 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12979 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12980 this produces no string either, return nil.
12984 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12985 Display local help in the echo area.
12986 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12987 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12988 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12991 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12992 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12993 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12997 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12998 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12999 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13003 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13004 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13005 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13009 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
13010 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13011 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13012 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13013 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13014 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13015 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13016 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13017 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13018 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13019 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13021 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13022 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13023 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13024 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13025 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13027 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13028 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13029 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13030 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13031 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13032 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13033 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13034 The default is `never'.")
13036 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13038 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13039 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13040 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13041 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13042 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13043 considered different regions.
13045 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13046 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13047 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13048 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13049 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13050 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13051 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13052 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13053 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13055 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13057 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13058 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13059 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13060 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13063 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13064 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13065 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13066 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13067 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13068 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13069 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13070 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13072 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13073 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13074 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13075 rarely happens in practice.
13077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13079 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13080 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13081 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13082 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13083 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13084 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13091 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13092 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13093 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
13094 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13096 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13097 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13099 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13101 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13102 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13103 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13105 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13107 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13108 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13110 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13112 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13115 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13117 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13118 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13119 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13120 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13122 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13124 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13125 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13126 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13127 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13128 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13129 it is displayed along with the global value.
13131 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13133 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13134 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13135 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13136 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13138 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13140 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13141 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13142 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13143 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13144 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13146 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13150 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13151 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
13152 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13154 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13155 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13156 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13157 and window listing and describing the options.
13158 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13159 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13161 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13165 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13166 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13167 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17888 32280))
13168 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13170 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13171 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13172 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13178 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13183 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13188 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13189 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13191 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13192 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13193 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13194 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13196 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13197 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13198 restore it properly when going back.
13200 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13202 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13203 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13205 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13206 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13207 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13208 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13209 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13210 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13211 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13212 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13214 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13215 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13216 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13217 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13219 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13220 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13223 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13225 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13226 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13227 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13228 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13229 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13230 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13232 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13234 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13235 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13236 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13237 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13238 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13240 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13242 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13243 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13245 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13249 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13250 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17888 32279))
13251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13253 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13254 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13258 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13259 Provide help for current mode.
13265 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13266 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17888 32280))
13267 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13269 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13270 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13271 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13272 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13273 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13275 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13276 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13278 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13279 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13280 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13281 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13283 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13284 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13287 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13292 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13293 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13294 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13295 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13296 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13297 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13298 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13299 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13300 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13301 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13302 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13303 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13304 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13305 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13306 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13308 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13309 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13310 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13312 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13315 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13317 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13318 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13319 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13321 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13322 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13323 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13325 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13326 into the buffer at the current point.
13328 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13329 into the buffer at the current point.
13331 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13332 into the buffer at the current point.
13334 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13336 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13337 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13339 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13341 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13345 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13346 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13347 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13348 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13350 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13352 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13353 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13354 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13360 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13361 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13362 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13363 ;;;;;; (17888 36646))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13366 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13367 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13369 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13370 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13371 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13372 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13373 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13374 called interactively, are:
13376 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13377 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13379 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13380 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13381 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13382 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13384 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13385 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13387 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13388 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13390 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13391 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13392 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13393 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13394 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13395 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13397 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13398 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13400 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13401 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13403 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13404 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13405 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13406 Patterns will be read until
13408 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13412 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13413 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13414 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13416 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13417 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13419 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13421 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13422 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13423 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13424 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13425 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13429 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13431 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13432 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13434 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13435 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13436 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13437 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13439 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13441 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13443 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13444 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13446 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13447 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13448 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13449 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13451 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13453 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13455 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13456 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13458 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13459 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13461 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13463 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13465 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13466 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13468 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13469 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13470 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13471 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13472 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13474 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13476 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13477 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13479 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13480 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13481 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13487 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13488 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17888 32281))
13489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13491 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13492 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13493 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13494 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13495 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13496 how the hiding is done:
13499 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13500 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13503 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13504 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13505 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13506 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13507 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13510 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13511 #endif lines when hiding.
13513 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13514 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13517 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13518 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13519 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13521 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13525 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13526 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13528 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13530 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13531 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13533 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13535 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13536 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13538 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13542 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13543 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
13544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13546 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13547 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13548 Each element has the form
13549 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13551 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13552 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13554 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13555 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13557 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13558 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13559 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13560 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13561 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13562 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13564 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13565 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13567 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13568 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13570 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13571 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13572 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13574 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13575 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13576 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13577 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13578 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13579 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13581 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13582 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13583 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13585 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13586 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13588 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13591 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13597 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13598 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13599 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13600 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13601 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17888 32280))
13602 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13604 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13605 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13606 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13608 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13610 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13611 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13613 Without an argument:
13614 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13615 or passive state as determined by the variable
13616 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13619 With an argument ARG:
13620 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13621 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13622 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13624 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13625 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13626 not displayed in a different face.
13629 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13630 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13631 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13632 buffer with the contents of a file
13633 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13634 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13638 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13639 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13640 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13644 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13645 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13649 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13650 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13654 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13655 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13657 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13658 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13659 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13660 shown in the last face in the list.
13662 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13663 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13664 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13666 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13670 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13671 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13673 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13675 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13678 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13679 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13681 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13682 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13683 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13685 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13687 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13688 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13690 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13691 this function is called interactively.
13693 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13694 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13695 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13697 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13698 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13699 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13701 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13703 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13704 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13706 When called interactively:
13707 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13708 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13709 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13710 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13712 When called from a program:
13713 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13714 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13715 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13716 - otherwise just turn it on
13718 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13719 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13720 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13721 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13727 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13728 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13729 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13730 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13731 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17888 32280))
13732 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13734 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13735 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13736 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13737 or insert functions in this list.")
13739 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13741 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13742 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13744 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13746 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13747 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13749 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13751 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13752 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13754 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13756 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13757 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13759 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13761 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13762 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13763 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13765 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13767 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13768 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13769 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13772 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13774 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13775 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13776 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13777 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13778 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13780 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13782 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13783 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13784 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13785 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13786 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13788 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13789 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13790 undoes the expansion.
13794 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13795 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13796 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13797 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13799 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13803 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13804 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
13805 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13807 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13808 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13809 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13811 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13812 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13813 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13814 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13815 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13817 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13818 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13819 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13820 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13824 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13825 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13826 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13829 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13831 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13833 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13834 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13835 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13837 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13838 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13844 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13845 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
13846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13848 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13849 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13850 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13852 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13856 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13857 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13859 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13860 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13861 different list. For example,
13863 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13864 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13866 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13867 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13869 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13870 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13871 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13872 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13875 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13877 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13881 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13882 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17888 32280))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13885 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13886 This function is obsolete.
13887 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13888 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13892 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13893 This function is obsolete.
13894 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13895 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13899 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13900 This function is obsolete.
13901 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13902 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13908 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17888
13910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13912 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13913 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13919 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13920 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13921 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13922 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13923 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13924 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13925 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13926 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13927 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13928 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13929 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13930 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13931 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13932 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13933 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13934 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13935 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13936 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13937 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17888 32280))
13942 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13944 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13946 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13950 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13951 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13953 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13956 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13958 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13963 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13973 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13978 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13979 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13980 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13982 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13983 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13984 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13987 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13988 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13989 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14007 Remove the first filter group.
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14014 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Remove all filter groups.
14021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14028 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14032 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Kill the filter group at point.
14034 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14036 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14038 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14049 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14050 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14051 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14053 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14055 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14056 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14057 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14061 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14063 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14064 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14065 of replacing the current filters.
14069 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14070 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14074 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14075 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14079 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14080 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14082 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14083 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14084 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14088 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14100 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14103 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14105 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14106 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14107 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14109 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14111 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14116 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14123 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14124 of replacing the current filters.
14127 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14128 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14129 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14130 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14131 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14132 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14133 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14134 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14136 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14137 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14138 Default sorting modes are:
14139 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14140 Name - the name of the buffer
14141 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14142 Size - the size of the buffer
14146 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14147 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14151 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14152 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14153 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14155 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14156 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14160 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14162 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14163 for this Ibuffer session.
14165 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14167 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14168 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14169 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14170 for this Ibuffer session.
14172 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14174 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14177 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14178 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14180 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14181 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14183 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14185 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14188 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14189 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14191 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14193 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14194 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14198 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14199 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14201 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14202 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14203 hidden group filter, open it.
14205 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14206 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14207 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14211 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14212 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14213 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14218 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14220 The names are separated by a space.
14221 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14223 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14224 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14225 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14226 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14228 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14232 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14233 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14235 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14237 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14238 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14240 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14242 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14243 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14245 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14247 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14248 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14252 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14253 Mark all modified buffers.
14257 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14258 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14262 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14263 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14267 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14268 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14272 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14273 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14277 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14278 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14282 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14283 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14287 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14288 Mark all read-only buffers.
14292 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14293 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14297 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14298 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14299 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14302 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14306 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14307 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17888
14309 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14311 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14312 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14314 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14315 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14316 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14318 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14319 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14320 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14321 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14322 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14323 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14325 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14326 title of the column.
14328 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14329 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14330 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14331 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14332 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14334 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14336 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14337 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14338 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14339 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14340 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14342 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14343 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14344 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14346 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14348 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14349 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14350 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14351 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14352 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14353 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14355 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14356 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14357 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14358 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14359 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14360 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14361 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14362 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14364 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14365 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14366 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14367 buffer's modification flag.
14368 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14369 prompted before performing this operation.
14370 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14371 operation is complete, in the form:
14372 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14373 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14374 confirmation message, in the form:
14375 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14376 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14377 macro for exactly what it does.
14379 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14381 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14382 Define a filter named NAME.
14383 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14384 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14385 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14387 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14388 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14389 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14390 bound to the current value of the filter.
14392 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14396 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14397 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17888 32280))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14400 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14401 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14402 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14403 buffers which are visiting a file.
14405 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14407 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14408 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14409 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14410 buffers which are visiting a file.
14412 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14414 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14415 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14416 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14418 All arguments are optional.
14419 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14420 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14421 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14422 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14423 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14424 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14425 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14426 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14427 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14428 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14429 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14430 that value locally in this buffer.
14432 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14436 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14437 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14438 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17888 32279))
14439 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14441 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14442 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14443 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14444 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14446 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14448 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14449 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14450 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14451 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14453 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14454 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14455 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14457 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14459 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14460 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14461 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14462 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14463 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14464 non-marking or not.
14466 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14468 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14469 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14471 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14472 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14475 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14476 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14477 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14479 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14482 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14483 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14484 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14486 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14490 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17888
14492 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14494 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14495 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14496 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14499 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14501 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14503 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14504 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14505 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14511 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17888 32281))
14512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14514 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14515 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14516 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14517 Tab indents for Icon code.
14518 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14519 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14521 Variables controlling indentation style:
14522 icon-tab-always-indent
14523 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14524 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14526 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14527 inserted in Icon code.
14529 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14530 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14531 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14532 icon-continued-statement-offset
14533 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14534 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14535 icon-continued-brace-offset
14536 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14537 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14539 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14540 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14541 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14542 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14544 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14545 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14551 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14552 ;;;;;; (17888 37036))
14553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14555 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14556 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14557 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14558 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14560 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14561 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14564 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14565 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14567 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14568 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14569 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14571 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14573 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14577 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14578 ;;;;;; (17888 36588))
14579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14581 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14582 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14584 The main features of this mode are
14586 1. Indentation and Formatting
14587 --------------------------
14588 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14589 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14591 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14592 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14593 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14594 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14596 Comments are indented as follows:
14598 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14599 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14600 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14602 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14604 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14605 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14606 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14607 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14608 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14609 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14611 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14612 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14613 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14614 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14618 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14619 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14620 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14621 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14622 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14623 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14624 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14625 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14626 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14627 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14632 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14633 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14634 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14635 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14639 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14640 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14641 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14642 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14643 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14646 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14647 --------------------------------
14648 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14649 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14651 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14652 \\fu FUNCTION template
14653 \\c CASE statement template
14654 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14655 \\f FOR loop template
14656 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14657 \\w WHILE loop template
14658 \\i IF statement template
14659 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14662 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14663 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14665 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14666 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14667 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14668 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14670 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14671 -------------------------
14672 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14673 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14675 7. Automatic END completion
14676 ------------------------
14677 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14678 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14682 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14683 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14685 9. Documentation and Customization
14686 -------------------------------
14687 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14688 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14689 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14690 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14691 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14695 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14696 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14697 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14699 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14702 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14706 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14707 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14708 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14709 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14710 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14711 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14712 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14713 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17888
14715 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14717 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14718 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14719 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14720 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14722 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14723 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14724 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14727 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14729 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14731 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14732 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14733 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14734 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14735 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14736 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14737 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14738 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14739 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14743 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14744 Switch to another buffer.
14745 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14746 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14749 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14750 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14751 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14752 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14753 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14755 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14756 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14758 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14759 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14761 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14762 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14763 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14764 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14765 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14766 in a separate window.
14767 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14768 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14769 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14770 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14771 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14772 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14773 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14774 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14775 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14779 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14780 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14781 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14782 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14786 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14787 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14788 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14789 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14793 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14795 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14796 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14800 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14801 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14802 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14803 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14807 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14808 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14809 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14810 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14814 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14815 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14819 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14820 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14821 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14822 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14823 visible in another frame.
14825 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14826 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14827 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14828 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14829 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14830 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14832 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14833 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14835 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14836 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14838 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14839 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14840 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14841 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14842 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14843 in a separate window.
14844 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14845 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14846 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14847 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14848 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14849 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14850 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14851 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14852 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14853 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14854 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14855 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14856 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14857 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14858 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14862 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14863 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14864 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14865 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14869 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14870 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14871 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14872 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14876 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14877 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14878 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14879 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14883 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14884 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14885 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14886 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14890 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14891 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14892 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14893 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14897 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14898 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14899 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14900 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14904 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14905 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14906 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14907 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14911 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14912 Write current buffer to a file.
14913 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14914 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14918 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14919 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14920 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14921 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14925 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14926 Call `dired' the ido way.
14927 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14928 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14932 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14933 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14934 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14935 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14936 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14937 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14939 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14941 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14942 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14943 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14944 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14946 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14948 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14949 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14950 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14951 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14953 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14955 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14956 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14957 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14958 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14959 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14960 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14961 with `completing-read'.
14962 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14963 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14964 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14965 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14966 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14967 with point positioned at the end.
14968 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14969 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14971 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14975 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17888 32280))
14976 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14977 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14979 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14980 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14981 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14988 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14991 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14992 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14996 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14997 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15003 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15004 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15005 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15006 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15007 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17888 36927))
15008 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15010 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
15011 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15012 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15015 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15017 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
15018 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15019 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15024 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15025 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15026 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15029 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15031 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15032 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15033 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15036 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15038 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15039 Determine and return image type.
15040 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15041 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15042 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15043 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15044 use its file extension as image type.
15045 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15047 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15049 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15050 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15051 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15053 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15055 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15056 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15057 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15059 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15060 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15061 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15062 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15063 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15064 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15069 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15071 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15072 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15073 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15074 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15075 use its file extension as image type.
15076 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15077 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15078 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15079 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15081 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15083 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15085 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15086 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15087 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15088 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15089 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15090 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15091 POS may be an integer or marker.
15092 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15093 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15094 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15095 means display it in the right marginal area.
15097 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15099 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15100 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15101 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15102 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15103 defaulted if you omit it.
15104 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15105 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15106 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15107 means display it in the right marginal area.
15108 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15109 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15110 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15111 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15112 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15114 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15116 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15117 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15118 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15119 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15120 defaulted if you omit it.
15121 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15122 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15123 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15124 means display it in the right marginal area.
15125 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15127 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15129 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15130 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15131 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15132 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15134 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15136 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15137 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15139 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15141 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15142 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15143 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15144 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15145 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15146 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15147 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15148 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15151 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15153 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15155 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15157 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15158 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15160 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15161 documentation string.
15163 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15164 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15165 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15166 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15167 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15168 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15169 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15174 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15175 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15177 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15181 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15182 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15183 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17888 32280))
15184 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15186 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15187 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15188 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15189 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15191 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15192 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15193 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15194 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15196 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15198 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15199 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15200 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15201 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15203 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15204 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15205 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15206 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15208 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15210 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15211 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15215 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15216 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15217 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15218 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15220 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15222 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15223 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15224 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15227 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15229 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15231 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15232 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15233 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15234 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15236 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15237 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15238 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15244 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15245 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17888 36927))
15246 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15247 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15248 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15249 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15250 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15251 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15252 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15254 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15255 Major mode for image files.
15256 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15257 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15261 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15262 Toggle Image minor mode.
15263 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15264 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15268 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15269 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15270 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15271 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15272 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15273 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15275 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15276 information on these modes.
15282 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15283 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17888 32280))
15284 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15286 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15287 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15289 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15291 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15292 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15295 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15297 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15298 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15299 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15301 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15303 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15304 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15306 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15307 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15308 pattern's structure.
15310 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15311 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15312 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15315 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15317 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15318 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15320 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15321 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15322 called within a `save-excursion'.
15324 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15326 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15328 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15329 Function for finding the next index position.
15331 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15332 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15333 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15336 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15337 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15339 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15341 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15342 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15344 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15345 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15346 It should return the name for that index item.")
15348 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15350 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15351 Function to compare string with index item.
15353 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15354 non-nil if they match.
15356 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15357 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15358 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15359 arguments match\".")
15361 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15363 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15364 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15365 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15367 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15369 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15371 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15373 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15374 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15375 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15376 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15380 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15381 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15383 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15387 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15388 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15389 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15390 for more information.
15392 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15396 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15397 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15398 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17888 32280))
15399 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15401 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15402 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15404 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15406 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15409 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15411 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15414 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15416 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15419 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15421 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15422 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15423 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15424 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15425 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15427 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15429 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15430 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15431 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15432 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15433 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15435 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15439 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15440 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15441 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17888 32281))
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15444 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15445 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15446 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15447 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15448 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15450 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15452 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15453 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15455 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15457 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15458 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15459 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15460 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15461 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15462 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15463 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15464 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15466 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15468 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15469 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15470 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15471 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15472 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15474 This variable is only used if the variable
15475 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15477 More precise choices:
15478 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15479 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15482 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15484 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15486 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15487 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15489 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15490 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15491 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15493 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15494 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15495 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15499 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15501 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15505 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15506 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15507 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15508 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17888 36929))
15509 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15511 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15512 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15514 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15515 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15516 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15518 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15519 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15520 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15521 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15522 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15523 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15524 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15525 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15526 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15527 with the top-level Info directory.
15529 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15530 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15531 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15532 appended to the Info buffer name.
15534 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15535 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15536 in all the directories in that path.
15538 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15540 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15541 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15545 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15546 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15547 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15548 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15552 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15553 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15554 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15555 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15557 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15559 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15560 Go to the Info directory node.
15564 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15565 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15566 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15567 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15568 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15569 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15571 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15573 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15574 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15575 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15577 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15579 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15580 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15581 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15582 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15583 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15585 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15586 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15588 Selecting other nodes:
15589 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15590 Follow a node reference you click on.
15591 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15592 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15593 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15594 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15595 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15596 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15597 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15598 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15599 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15600 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15601 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15602 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15603 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15604 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15605 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15606 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15607 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15608 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15609 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15610 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15612 Moving within a node:
15613 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15614 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15615 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15616 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15617 move up to the parent node.
15618 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15619 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15621 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15624 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15625 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15626 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15627 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15628 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15629 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15630 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15631 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15632 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15633 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15634 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15635 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15636 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15637 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15638 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15639 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15642 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15644 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15645 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15646 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15647 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15648 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15649 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15651 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15652 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15654 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15655 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15657 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15658 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15659 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15660 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15664 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15665 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15666 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15672 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15673 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15674 ;;;;;; (17888 36936))
15675 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15677 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15678 Throw away all cached data.
15679 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15680 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15684 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15686 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15687 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15688 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15689 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15690 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15691 one found at point.
15693 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15695 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15696 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15698 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15699 Display the documentation of a file.
15700 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15701 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15702 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15703 The default file name is the one found at point.
15705 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15707 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15709 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15710 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15712 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15714 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15715 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15717 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15721 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15722 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17888 32280))
15723 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15725 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15726 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15728 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15730 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15731 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15732 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15736 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15737 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15738 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15740 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15741 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15748 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15749 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17888 32280))
15750 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15752 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15753 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15755 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15757 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15758 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15759 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15761 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15762 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15763 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15765 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15766 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15767 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15768 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15772 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15773 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15774 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15778 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15779 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15780 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15781 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15782 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15788 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15789 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15790 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
15791 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15793 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15794 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15798 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15799 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15803 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15806 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15810 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17888
15812 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15814 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15815 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15816 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15817 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15818 accessed via isearchb.
15824 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15825 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
15826 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15828 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15829 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15830 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15831 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15832 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15833 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15835 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15836 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15838 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15839 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15840 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15841 \"s gives German sharp s.
15842 /a gives a with ring.
15843 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15844 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15845 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15846 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15848 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15849 and a negative argument disables it.
15851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15855 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15856 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15857 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15858 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17888 32280))
15859 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15861 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15862 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15863 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15864 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15866 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15868 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15869 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15870 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15871 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15873 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15875 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15876 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15877 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15878 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15880 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15882 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15883 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15884 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15885 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15887 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15889 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15890 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15891 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15892 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15894 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15896 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15897 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15898 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15899 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15901 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15903 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15904 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15905 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15906 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15908 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15910 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15911 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15912 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15913 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15915 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15917 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15918 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15919 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15920 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15922 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15924 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15925 Warn that format is read-only.
15929 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15930 Warn that format is write-only.
15934 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15935 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15942 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15944 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15945 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15946 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15950 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15951 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15952 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15953 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15954 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15955 ;;;;;; (17888 36935))
15956 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15957 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15959 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15960 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15961 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15962 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15964 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15965 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15967 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15968 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15969 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15971 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15972 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15975 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15977 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15979 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15981 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15983 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15985 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15987 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15989 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15990 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15992 Each element of this list is also a list:
15994 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15995 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15997 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15998 nil means the default dictionary.
16000 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16002 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16004 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16005 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16006 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16007 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16008 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16009 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16010 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16011 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16012 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16014 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16015 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16016 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16017 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16018 for non-ASCII bytes.
16020 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16021 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16024 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16027 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16028 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16029 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16030 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16031 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16032 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16033 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16034 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16036 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16038 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16039 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16040 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16042 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16043 Key map for ispell menu.")
16045 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16046 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16047 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16048 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16050 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16052 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16054 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16056 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16058 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16059 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16060 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16061 Valid forms include:
16062 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16063 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16064 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16065 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16067 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16068 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16069 First list is used raw.
16070 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16072 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16073 for skipping in latex mode.")
16075 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16076 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16077 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16078 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16079 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16080 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16082 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16083 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16084 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16085 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16087 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16088 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16089 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16090 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16091 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16093 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16094 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16096 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16097 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16099 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16100 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16103 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16104 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16105 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16106 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16107 quit spell session exited.
16109 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16111 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16112 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16113 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16115 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16117 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16118 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16122 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16123 SPC: Accept word this time.
16124 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16125 `a': Accept word for this session.
16126 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16127 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16128 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16129 `?': Show these commands.
16130 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16131 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16132 the aborted check to be completed later.
16133 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16134 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16135 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16136 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16137 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16138 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16139 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16143 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16144 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16145 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16147 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16149 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16150 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16151 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16152 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16154 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16156 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16158 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16159 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16160 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16161 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16163 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16165 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16166 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16170 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16171 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16175 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16176 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16180 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16181 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16182 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16183 sequence inside of a word.
16185 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16187 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16189 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16190 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16194 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16195 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16196 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16197 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16199 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16200 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16201 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16202 available on the net.
16206 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16207 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16208 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16210 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16211 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16213 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16214 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16218 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16219 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16220 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16221 Don't check included messages.
16223 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16224 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16225 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16227 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16228 in your .emacs file:
16229 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16230 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16231 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16232 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16234 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16235 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16236 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16242 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17888
16244 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16246 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16247 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16248 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16251 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16253 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16255 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16256 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16257 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16258 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16259 `iswitchb' for details.
16261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16265 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16266 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16267 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16268 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17888 32280))
16269 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16271 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16276 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16277 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16278 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16279 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16280 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16281 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16282 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16283 necessary to represent OBJ.
16285 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16287 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16288 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16289 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16290 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16292 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16294 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16295 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16296 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16297 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16298 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16300 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16302 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16303 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16304 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16305 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16307 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16309 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16310 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16311 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16312 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16314 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16316 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16317 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16319 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16321 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16322 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16323 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16324 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16325 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16327 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16329 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16330 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16331 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16332 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16333 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16335 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16337 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16338 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16339 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16341 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16345 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16346 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17888 36581))
16347 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16349 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16350 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16351 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16352 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16354 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16357 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16359 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16360 Uninstall jka-compr.
16361 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16362 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16363 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16369 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16370 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16371 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
16372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16374 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16375 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16376 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16377 decimal key must be specified.")
16379 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16381 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16382 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16383 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16384 decimal key must be specified.")
16386 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16388 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16389 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16390 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16391 decimal key must be specified.")
16393 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16395 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16396 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16397 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16398 decimal key must be specified.")
16400 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16402 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16403 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16404 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16405 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16406 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16410 -------------------------------------------------------------
16411 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16412 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16413 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16414 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16415 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16416 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16417 in the global and local keymaps.
16419 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16420 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16422 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16426 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16427 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
16428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16430 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16431 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16432 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16434 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16435 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16436 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16437 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16440 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16441 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16442 the context of text formatting.
16444 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16448 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17888
16450 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16452 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16453 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16454 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16455 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16456 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16457 positions that contains the current selection.")
16459 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16460 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16461 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16462 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16463 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16464 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16465 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16467 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16471 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16472 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16473 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16474 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17888 32280))
16475 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16476 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16477 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16478 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16479 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16480 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16481 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16482 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16484 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16485 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16486 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16487 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16488 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16490 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16492 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16493 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16494 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16496 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16497 defining the macro.
16499 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16500 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16501 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16503 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16504 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16508 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16509 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16510 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16511 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16512 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16515 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16516 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16517 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16521 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16522 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16523 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16525 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16526 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16527 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16528 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16530 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16531 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16533 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16535 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16536 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16537 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16539 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16542 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16543 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16545 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16546 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16547 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16549 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16550 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16554 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16555 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16556 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16557 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16559 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16561 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16562 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16563 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16564 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16566 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16567 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16569 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16571 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16572 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16573 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16575 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16579 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16580 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16581 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
16582 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16584 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16586 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16589 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16591 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16594 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16596 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16599 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16603 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16604 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17888 32280))
16605 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16607 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16608 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16609 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16611 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16618 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16619 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
16620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16622 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16624 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16625 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16629 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16631 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16632 Start or resume an Lm game.
16633 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16634 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16636 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16637 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16638 none / 1 | yes | no
16643 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16644 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16645 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16652 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16653 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17888
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16657 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16660 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16662 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16663 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16664 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16665 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16666 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16667 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16669 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16670 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16672 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16674 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16675 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16677 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16679 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16682 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16684 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16685 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16686 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16687 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16690 The return value is number of composed characters.
16692 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16694 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16697 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16701 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16702 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16703 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17888 32280))
16704 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16706 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16707 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16708 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16709 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16711 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16713 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16714 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16715 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16717 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16719 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16720 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16721 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16725 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16726 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16727 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16728 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16730 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16734 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16735 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17888 36935))
16736 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16738 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16739 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16740 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16741 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16742 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16743 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16744 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16745 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16747 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16748 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16751 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16753 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16755 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16756 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16757 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16758 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16759 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16760 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16761 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16762 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16764 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16766 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16767 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16768 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16769 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16772 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16774 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16778 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16779 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17888 32280))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16782 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16783 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16784 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16785 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16787 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16789 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16790 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16793 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16795 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16796 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16797 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16798 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16799 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16802 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16803 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16804 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16805 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16806 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16808 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16809 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16810 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16811 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16812 slow to keep up with your typing.
16814 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16815 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16816 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16817 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16818 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16819 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16821 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16822 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16823 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16824 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16826 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16827 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16828 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16829 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16831 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16832 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16833 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16834 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16835 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16839 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16840 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16846 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16847 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
16848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16850 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16852 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16854 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16855 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16861 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16862 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
16863 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16865 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16866 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16868 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16869 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16871 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16872 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16874 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16875 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16876 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16877 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16878 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16879 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16880 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16881 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16882 and transmit saved text.
16885 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16886 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16890 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16897 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17888 32280))
16898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16900 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16901 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16902 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16903 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16904 generations (this defaults to 1).
16906 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16910 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17888
16912 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16914 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16915 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16916 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16917 is nil, raise an error.
16919 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16920 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16921 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16922 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16923 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16924 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16925 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16926 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16927 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16929 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16933 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16934 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17888 32280))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16937 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16938 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16939 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16941 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16943 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16944 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16945 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16946 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16948 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16949 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16950 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16951 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16952 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16953 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16956 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16957 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16959 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16960 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16962 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16964 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16965 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16966 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16967 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16968 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16969 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16970 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16971 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16972 to constrain a big search.
16974 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16975 except that FILTER is not optional.
16977 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16981 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17888 32280))
16982 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16984 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16985 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16986 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16987 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16988 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16989 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16990 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16991 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16992 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16993 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16994 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16995 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16996 uses the current buffer.
16998 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17002 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17888
17004 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17006 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17007 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17013 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17888
17015 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17017 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17018 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17019 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17020 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17021 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17023 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17024 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17025 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17027 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17028 are indicated with a symbol.
17030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17034 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17035 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17888
17037 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17039 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17041 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17043 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17044 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17045 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17047 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17048 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17050 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17051 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17052 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17053 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17054 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17055 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17056 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17058 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17060 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17061 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17062 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17063 switch on this list.
17064 See `lpr-command'.")
17066 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17068 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17069 *Name of program for printing a file.
17071 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17072 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17073 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17074 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17075 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17076 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17079 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17081 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17082 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17083 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17084 for customization of the printer command.
17088 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17089 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17091 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17092 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17093 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17094 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17096 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17097 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17099 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17100 for further customization of the printer command.
17104 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17105 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17106 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17107 for customization of the printer command.
17109 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17111 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17112 Paginate and print the region contents.
17114 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17115 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17116 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17117 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17119 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17120 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17122 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17123 for further customization of the printer command.
17125 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17129 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17130 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17133 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17134 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17135 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17137 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17141 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17888
17143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17145 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17146 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17147 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17149 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17155 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17888
17157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17159 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17160 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17167 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17168 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17171 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17172 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17173 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17174 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17175 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17177 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17181 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17182 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17888 32280))
17183 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17185 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17186 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17187 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17188 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17189 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17191 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17193 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17194 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17195 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17196 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17198 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17199 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17200 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17201 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17204 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17205 use this command, and then save the file.
17207 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17209 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17210 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17211 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17212 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17213 each time the macro executes.
17214 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17215 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17216 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17217 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17218 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17219 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17220 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17224 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17225 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17226 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17227 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17229 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17230 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17231 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17234 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17235 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17237 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17238 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17239 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17240 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17241 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17243 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17246 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17247 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17248 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17250 You could enter the names in this format:
17256 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17259 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17262 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17263 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17265 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17266 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17270 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17271 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17888 32280))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17274 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17275 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17276 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17277 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17278 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17279 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17281 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17282 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17283 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17284 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17285 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17287 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17288 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17289 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17292 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17294 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17295 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17297 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17301 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17302 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17303 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
17304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17306 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17307 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17311 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17316 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17317 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17319 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17321 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17322 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17323 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17326 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17333 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17334 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17888
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17338 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17339 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17340 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17341 often correct parser.")
17343 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17345 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17348 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17350 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17351 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17352 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17353 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17355 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17357 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17358 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17359 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17360 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17362 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17364 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17365 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17366 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17367 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17368 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17369 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17370 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17373 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17375 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17376 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17377 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17378 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17379 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17380 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17382 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17386 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17387 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17888 32280))
17388 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17390 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17391 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17395 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17396 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17397 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17399 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17401 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17402 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17403 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17405 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17409 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17410 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17888
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17414 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17415 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17416 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17418 If `parens', they look like:
17419 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17420 If `angles', they look like:
17421 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17423 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17425 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17426 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17427 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17428 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17429 their `Resent-' variants.
17431 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17432 removed from alias expansions.
17434 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17436 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17437 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17438 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17440 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17441 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17442 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17443 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17445 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17447 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17448 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17449 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17450 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17456 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17457 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
17458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17460 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17461 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17462 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17463 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17469 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17470 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17471 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17888 32281))
17472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17474 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17475 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17477 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17478 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17479 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17480 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17481 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17482 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17484 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17485 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17486 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17487 dependency, despite the colon.
17489 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17491 In the browser, use the following keys:
17493 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17495 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17497 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17498 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17500 `makefile-target-colon':
17501 The string that gets appended to all target names
17502 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17503 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17505 `makefile-macro-assign':
17506 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17507 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17508 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17509 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17510 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17511 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17513 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17514 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17515 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17517 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17518 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17520 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17521 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17522 up or down in the browser.
17524 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17525 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17527 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17528 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17530 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17531 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17532 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17533 has been selected in the browser.
17535 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17536 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17537 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17538 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17539 filenames are omitted.
17541 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17542 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17543 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17544 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17545 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17546 the backslash itself intact.
17547 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17548 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17550 `makefile-browser-hook':
17551 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17552 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17554 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17555 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17556 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17557 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17561 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17562 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17566 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17567 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17571 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17572 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17576 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17577 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17581 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17582 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17588 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17888
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17592 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17593 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17594 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17600 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17888 32280))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17603 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17605 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17606 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17607 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17608 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17609 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17610 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17611 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17613 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17614 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17615 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17616 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17618 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17620 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17621 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17623 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17627 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17888 32280))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17630 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17631 Toggle Master mode.
17632 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17633 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17634 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17636 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17637 following commands:
17639 \\{master-mode-map}
17641 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17642 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17643 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17649 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17888
17651 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17653 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17655 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17656 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17657 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17660 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17662 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17664 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17665 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17666 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17667 created in the future.
17668 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17669 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17675 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17676 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17677 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17678 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17679 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17680 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17681 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17682 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17683 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17684 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17685 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17888 32279))
17686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17688 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17689 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17691 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17693 If `parens', they look like:
17694 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17695 If `angles', they look like:
17696 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17698 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17699 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17701 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17703 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17704 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17706 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17708 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17709 *Local news organization file.")
17711 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17713 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17714 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17715 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17716 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17718 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17719 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17720 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17722 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17724 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17726 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17727 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17729 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17730 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17731 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17732 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17734 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17736 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17737 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17738 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17739 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17741 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17743 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17744 *Function for citing an original message.
17745 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17746 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17747 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17749 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17751 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17752 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17753 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17754 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17755 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17757 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17759 (defvar message-signature t "\
17760 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17761 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17762 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17763 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17765 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17767 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17768 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17769 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17770 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17772 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17774 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17775 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17777 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17779 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17781 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17782 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17783 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17784 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17785 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17786 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17787 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17788 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17789 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17790 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17791 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17792 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17793 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17794 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17795 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17796 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17797 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17798 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17799 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17800 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17801 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17802 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17803 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17804 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17805 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17806 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17807 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17808 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17809 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17810 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17811 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17812 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17813 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17814 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17815 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17816 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17817 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17821 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17822 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17823 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17825 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17827 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17828 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17830 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17832 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17833 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17835 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17837 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17838 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17840 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17842 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17843 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17844 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17846 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17848 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17849 Cancel an article you posted.
17850 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17854 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17855 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17856 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17857 header line with the old Message-ID.
17861 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17862 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17866 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17867 Forward the current message via mail.
17868 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17869 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17871 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17873 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17876 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17878 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17881 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17883 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17884 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17888 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17889 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17891 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17893 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17894 Re-mail the current message.
17895 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17896 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17901 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17902 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17904 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17906 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17907 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17909 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17911 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17912 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17914 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17916 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17917 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17919 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17921 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17922 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17923 Works by overstriking characters.
17924 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17925 which specify the range to operate on.
17927 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17929 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17930 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17931 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17932 which specify the range to operate on.
17934 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17938 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17939 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17942 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17943 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17947 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17948 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17952 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17953 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17957 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17958 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17964 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17965 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17966 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
17967 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17969 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17970 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17971 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17975 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17976 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17977 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17978 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17979 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17980 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17981 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17983 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17985 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17986 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17987 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17988 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17989 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17991 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17992 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17994 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17996 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17997 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17998 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17999 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18000 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18002 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18003 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18005 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18009 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18010 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18011 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17888 32280))
18012 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18014 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18015 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18016 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18020 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18021 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18022 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18026 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18027 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18029 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18030 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18031 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18033 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18034 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18036 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18037 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18039 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18041 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18043 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18044 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18045 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18046 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18047 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18050 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18051 initial Subject field, respectively.
18053 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18054 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18057 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18060 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18062 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18063 Save draft and send message.
18065 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18066 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18067 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18070 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18071 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18072 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18074 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18075 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18076 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18077 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18078 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18079 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18081 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18082 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18086 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18087 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18089 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18090 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18091 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18092 delete the draft message.
18098 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17888 32280))
18099 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18101 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18103 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18105 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18107 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18108 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18114 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18115 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17888 32280))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18118 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18119 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18120 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18122 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18123 the MH mail system.
18125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18127 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18128 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18129 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18131 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18132 the MH mail system.
18134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18136 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18137 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18139 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18140 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18141 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18144 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18145 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18146 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18149 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18153 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18154 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18155 can be used in several ways.
18157 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18158 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18159 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18160 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18164 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18165 The range must be nonempty.
18170 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18171 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18178 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18181 All of the messages.
18183 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18184 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18186 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18187 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18188 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18190 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18196 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18197 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17888 32280))
18198 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18200 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18201 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18202 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18203 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18204 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18205 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18206 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18207 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18208 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18209 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18210 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18214 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18215 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18216 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18217 to its second argument TM.
18219 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18223 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18224 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17888 32280))
18225 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18227 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18228 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18229 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18232 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18234 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18236 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18237 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18238 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18239 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18240 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18241 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18242 default indication.
18244 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18245 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18251 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18252 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18255 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18256 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18261 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18265 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18266 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18267 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18270 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18273 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18275 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18278 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18280 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18281 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18282 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18285 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18289 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18290 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17888 32279))
18291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18293 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18294 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18296 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18298 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18299 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18300 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18301 the entire message.
18302 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18304 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18309 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18312 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18313 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18314 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18315 the entire message.
18316 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18318 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18322 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18323 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17888 32279))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18326 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18327 Insert file contents of URL.
18328 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18330 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18332 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18333 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18335 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18339 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18340 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17888 32279))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18343 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18344 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18345 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18346 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18347 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18349 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18351 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18352 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18353 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18355 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18359 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18360 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18363 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18366 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18368 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18371 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18375 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18376 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18377 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17888 32279))
18378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18380 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18383 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18385 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18388 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18390 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18393 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18395 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18398 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18400 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18403 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18405 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18408 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18410 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18417 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18418 ;;;;;; (17888 32225))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18421 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18422 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18423 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18424 followed by the first character of the construct.
18426 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18427 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18428 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18429 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18430 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18431 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18432 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18433 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18434 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18435 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18436 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18437 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18438 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18441 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18442 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18443 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18449 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18450 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18453 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18454 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18456 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18458 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18459 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18461 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18465 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17888
18467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18469 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18470 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18471 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18474 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18476 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18478 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18479 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18480 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18481 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18483 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18485 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18487 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18489 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18490 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18491 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18492 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18493 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18494 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18496 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18497 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18498 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18499 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18500 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18502 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18503 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18505 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18506 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18508 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18510 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18511 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18512 primary selection and region.
18514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18518 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17888 36646))
18519 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18521 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18522 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18528 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17888 32280))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18531 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18532 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18533 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18536 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18538 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18540 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18542 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18543 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18544 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18550 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18551 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18552 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18553 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18554 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18555 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
18556 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18558 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18559 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18560 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18561 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18562 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18563 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18564 set of ISO charsets.
18566 Each element has the following format:
18567 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18569 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18571 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18572 CHARSET are mapped.
18574 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18575 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18576 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18577 character code in CHARSET.
18579 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18580 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18581 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18583 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18584 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18586 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18587 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18589 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18590 Display a list of all character sets.
18592 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18593 internal Emacs use.
18595 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18596 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18597 hexadecimal digits.
18598 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18599 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18601 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18602 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18603 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18604 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18606 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18607 but still shows the full information.
18611 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18612 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18613 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18614 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18615 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18617 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18618 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18619 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18620 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18621 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18623 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18625 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18626 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18627 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18628 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18629 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18631 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18633 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18636 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18638 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18639 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18641 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18643 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18646 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18647 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18649 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18650 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18651 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18652 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18653 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18654 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18655 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18656 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18657 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18658 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18659 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18660 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18661 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18662 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18663 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18664 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18668 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18673 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display a list of all coding systems.
18675 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18677 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18678 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18682 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18683 Display a list of all coding categories.
18687 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18688 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18689 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18691 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18693 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display information about FONTSET.
18695 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18697 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18699 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18700 Display a list of all fontsets.
18701 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18702 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18703 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18707 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18708 Display information about all input methods.
18712 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18713 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18715 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18716 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18717 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18718 system which uses fontsets).
18724 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18725 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18726 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18727 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18728 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18729 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17888 32280))
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18732 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18733 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18734 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18736 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18738 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18740 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18741 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18743 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18744 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18746 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18747 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18749 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18751 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18752 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18753 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18754 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18755 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18756 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18757 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18759 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18760 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18761 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18762 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18763 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18764 middle of a character in STR.
18766 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18767 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18769 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18770 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18771 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18772 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18773 defaults to \"...\".
18775 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18777 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18778 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18780 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18781 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18782 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18784 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18785 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18786 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18788 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18789 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18790 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18792 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18793 longer than KEYSEQ.
18794 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18796 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18798 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18799 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18800 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18801 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18802 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18803 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18804 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18805 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18806 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18807 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18808 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18810 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18812 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18813 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18815 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18817 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18818 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18820 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18822 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18823 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18825 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18827 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18828 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18830 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18832 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18833 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18834 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18835 coding systems ordered by priority.
18837 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18839 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18840 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18841 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18842 language environment LANG-ENV.
18844 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18846 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18847 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18848 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18849 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18850 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18851 basis, this may not be accurate.
18853 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18857 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18858 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
18859 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18861 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18862 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18863 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18864 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18865 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18866 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18868 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18870 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18871 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18872 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18873 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18877 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18878 Enable mouse wheel support.
18880 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18884 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18885 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18886 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18887 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17888 32280))
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18890 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18891 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18893 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18895 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18897 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18898 `ping-program-options'.
18902 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18903 Run ipconfig program.
18907 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18909 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18910 Run netstat program.
18914 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18915 Run the arp program.
18919 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18920 Run the route program.
18924 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18925 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18929 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18930 Run nslookup program.
18934 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18935 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18939 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18944 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18949 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18950 Finger USER on HOST.
18952 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18954 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18955 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18956 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18957 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18959 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18961 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18966 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18967 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18969 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18971 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18972 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18974 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18978 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18979 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18980 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18981 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18982 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18983 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17888 32280))
18984 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18986 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18988 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18990 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18992 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18994 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18995 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18996 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18997 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18998 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18999 Major modes should set this variable.")
19001 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19002 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19003 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
19004 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19005 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
19006 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
19008 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19009 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19011 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19012 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19013 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19015 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19016 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19017 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19018 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19019 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19021 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19022 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19023 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19025 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19026 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19027 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19028 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19030 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19031 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19032 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19033 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19034 column indentation or nil.
19035 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19037 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19038 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19039 The function has no args.
19041 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19042 comments always start in column zero.")
19044 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19045 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19046 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19048 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19050 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19051 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19052 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19053 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19055 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19056 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19058 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19060 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19061 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19062 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19063 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19064 customize this variable.
19066 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19067 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19069 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19071 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19072 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19073 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19074 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19075 the variables are properly set.
19077 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19079 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19080 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19084 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19085 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19086 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19088 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19090 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19091 Set the comment column based on point.
19092 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19093 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19094 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19095 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19099 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19100 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19101 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19105 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19106 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19107 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19110 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19112 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19113 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19114 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19115 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19116 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19117 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19118 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19119 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19121 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19122 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19124 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19126 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19127 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19128 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19129 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19131 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19133 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19134 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19135 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19136 is passed on to the respective function.
19138 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19140 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19141 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19142 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19143 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19144 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19145 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19146 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19147 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19148 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19152 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19153 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19154 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19156 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19158 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19159 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19160 This indents the body of the continued comment
19161 under the previous comment line.
19163 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19164 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19165 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19167 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19168 or comment indentation.
19170 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19171 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19173 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19177 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19178 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19179 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17888 36932))
19180 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19182 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19183 Check whether newsticker is running.
19184 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19185 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19189 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19190 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19191 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19192 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19197 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19198 Start the newsticker.
19199 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19200 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19201 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19202 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19204 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19206 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19207 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19208 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19213 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19214 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19220 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19221 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19224 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19225 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19227 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19231 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17888
19233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19235 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19236 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19237 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19238 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19239 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19240 symbol in the alist.
19242 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19246 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19247 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
19248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19250 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19251 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19252 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19258 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19259 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
19260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19262 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19263 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19264 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19270 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19271 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19274 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19275 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19277 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19281 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19282 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17888 32280))
19283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19285 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19286 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19290 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19291 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19295 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19296 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19302 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19303 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17888 32280))
19304 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19306 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19307 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19308 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19310 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19312 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19315 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19317 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19318 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19319 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19320 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19321 to future sessions.
19323 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19325 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19326 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19327 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19328 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19329 to future sessions.
19331 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19335 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19336 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
19337 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19339 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19340 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19342 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19343 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19344 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19350 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19351 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19354 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19355 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19356 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19357 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19358 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19364 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19365 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
19366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19368 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19369 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19370 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19372 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19374 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19375 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19377 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19378 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19379 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19383 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19387 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19388 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
19389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19391 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19392 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19394 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19395 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19396 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19397 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19399 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19400 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19401 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19402 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19403 is why you need this mode!).
19405 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19406 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19407 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19409 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19414 \\{octave-mode-map}
19416 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19417 ==============================================
19420 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19423 octave-auto-newline
19424 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19427 octave-blink-matching-block
19428 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19429 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19431 octave-block-offset
19432 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19435 octave-continuation-offset
19436 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19439 octave-continuation-string
19440 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19441 Default is a backslash.
19443 octave-mode-startup-message
19444 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19447 octave-send-echo-input
19448 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19449 command to the inferior Octave process.
19451 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19452 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19453 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19455 octave-send-echo-input
19456 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19458 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19460 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19461 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19463 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19464 (setq auto-mode-alist
19465 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19467 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19468 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19470 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19474 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19475 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19477 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19478 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19479 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19480 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19486 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19487 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
19488 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19490 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19491 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19492 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19496 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19497 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19498 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19499 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19500 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19502 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19508 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19509 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19510 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19511 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19512 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19513 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19514 ;;;;;; (17888 36930))
19515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19517 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19518 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19519 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19521 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19522 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19523 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19524 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19525 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19526 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19527 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19528 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19529 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19530 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19532 The following commands are available:
19538 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19539 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19541 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19542 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19543 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19544 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19545 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19547 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19548 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19549 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19550 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19551 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19552 and zoom in further.
19553 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19555 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19556 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19557 is negative, go up that many levels.
19559 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19560 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19561 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19563 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19564 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19568 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19569 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19573 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19574 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19575 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19576 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19578 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19579 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19580 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19581 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19582 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19583 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19584 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19585 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19587 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19588 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19589 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19591 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19592 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19593 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19597 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19598 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19599 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19600 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19601 before running the agenda command.
19603 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19605 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19606 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19607 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19608 will be able to go to other weeks.
19609 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19610 also be shown, under the current date.
19611 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19612 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19613 to turn on logging.
19614 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19615 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19616 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19618 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19620 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19621 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19622 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19623 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19624 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19625 `org-todo-keywords'.
19629 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19630 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19631 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19632 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19636 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19637 Return diary information from org-files.
19638 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19639 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19640 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19641 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19643 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19644 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19645 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19647 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19648 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19649 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19650 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19652 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19653 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19654 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19656 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19657 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19658 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19659 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19661 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19663 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19665 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19666 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19670 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19671 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19674 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19676 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19677 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19678 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19680 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19682 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19683 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19684 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19686 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19688 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19689 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19690 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19691 \\[org-insert-link].
19692 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19693 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19694 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19698 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19699 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19700 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19701 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19702 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19706 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19707 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19708 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19709 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19713 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19714 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19715 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19716 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19717 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19718 file the text at a specific location.
19719 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19720 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19721 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19723 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19724 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19725 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19726 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19727 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19728 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19729 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19730 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19732 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19733 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19734 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19735 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19737 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19738 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19739 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19741 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19742 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19743 \(i.e. after the stars).
19745 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19749 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19750 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19754 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19755 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19759 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19760 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19761 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19762 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19766 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19767 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19768 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19769 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19773 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19774 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19775 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19781 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19782 ;;;;;; (17888 37032))
19783 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19784 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19786 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19787 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19788 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19789 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19791 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19792 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19793 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19794 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19796 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19797 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19798 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19799 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19800 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19801 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19803 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19804 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19805 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19807 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19808 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19809 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19810 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19811 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19812 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19813 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19814 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19815 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19816 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19817 The subheadings remain visible.
19818 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19820 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19821 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19822 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19824 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19825 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19829 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19830 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19831 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19832 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17888
19840 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19841 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19842 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19843 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19844 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19845 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19846 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19847 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19848 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19849 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19853 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17888 32280))
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19856 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19857 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19858 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19861 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19863 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19865 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19866 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19867 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19868 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19870 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19871 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19877 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19878 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
19879 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19881 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19882 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19883 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19884 unknown are returned as nil.
19886 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19890 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17888
19892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19894 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19895 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19896 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19898 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19899 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19901 Other useful functions are:
19903 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19904 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19905 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19906 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19907 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19908 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19909 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19910 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19911 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19913 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19915 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19916 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19917 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19918 Indentation for case statements.
19919 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19920 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19922 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19923 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19924 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19925 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19926 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19927 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19928 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19929 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19930 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19931 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19933 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19934 pascal-separator-keywords.
19936 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19937 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19943 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19944 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
19945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19947 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19948 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19949 The keys affected are:
19950 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19951 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19952 M-Backspace does undo.
19953 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19954 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19955 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19961 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19962 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17888 32279))
19963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19965 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19966 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19967 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19970 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19972 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19974 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19975 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19977 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19979 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19980 which modify the status of the mark.
19982 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19983 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19985 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19986 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19988 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19989 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19990 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19991 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19992 turning PC Selection mode on.
19994 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19995 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19997 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19998 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19999 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20001 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20002 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20003 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20005 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20006 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20008 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20009 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20010 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20012 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20013 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20014 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20020 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20021 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20026 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20027 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20028 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20029 and cursor movement commands.
20030 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20032 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20034 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20038 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17888
20040 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20042 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20043 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20049 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20050 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17888 32280))
20051 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20053 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20054 Completion for `gzip'.
20058 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20059 Completion for `bzip2'.
20063 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20064 Completion for GNU `make'.
20068 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20069 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20073 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20077 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20078 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17888 32280))
20079 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20081 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20082 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20086 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20087 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20091 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20092 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20098 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17888
20100 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20102 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20103 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20104 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20105 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20106 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20107 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20113 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20114 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20115 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17888 32280))
20116 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20118 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20119 Completion for `cd'.
20123 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20125 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20126 Completion for `rmdir'.
20130 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20131 Completion for `rm'.
20135 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20136 Completion for `xargs'.
20140 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20142 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20143 Completion for `which'.
20147 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20148 Completion for the `chown' command.
20152 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20153 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20159 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20160 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20161 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17888
20163 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20165 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20166 Support extensible programmable completion.
20167 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20168 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20170 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20172 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20173 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20177 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20178 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20179 This will modify the current buffer.
20183 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20184 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20188 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20189 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20190 This will modify the current buffer.
20194 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20195 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20199 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20200 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20204 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20205 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20206 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20207 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20208 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20210 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20212 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20213 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20219 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20220 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20221 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17888 32280))
20222 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20224 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20225 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20226 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20227 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20229 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20231 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20233 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20234 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20235 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20236 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20237 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20238 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20241 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20243 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20244 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20245 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20246 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20247 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20248 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20249 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20250 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20252 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20254 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20255 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20256 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20257 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20258 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20259 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20260 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20263 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20265 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20266 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20267 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20268 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20269 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20270 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20271 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20273 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20275 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20277 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20278 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20279 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20281 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20283 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20284 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20285 nil means never do it.
20286 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20287 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20288 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20290 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20292 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20293 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20294 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17888 32280))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20301 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20305 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20306 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
20307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20309 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20310 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20311 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20312 Tab indents for Perl code.
20313 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20314 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20315 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20317 Variables controlling indentation style:
20318 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20319 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20320 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20321 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20322 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20323 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20324 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20326 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20327 `perl-indent-level'
20328 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20329 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20330 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20331 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20332 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20333 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20334 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20335 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20336 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20337 `perl-brace-offset'
20338 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20339 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20340 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20341 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20342 `perl-label-offset'
20343 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20344 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20345 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20347 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20348 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20349 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20350 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20351 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20352 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20353 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20355 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20361 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20362 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20363 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20364 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17888 32280))
20365 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20367 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20368 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20370 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20372 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20373 passphrase cache or user.
20375 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20377 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20378 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20380 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20383 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20385 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20386 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20388 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20391 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20392 passphrase cache or user.
20394 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20396 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20397 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20399 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20401 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20404 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20405 passphrase cache or user.
20407 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20409 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20410 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20412 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20413 passphrase cache or user.
20415 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20417 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20418 Decrypt the current buffer.
20420 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20423 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20424 passphrase cache or user.
20426 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20428 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20429 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20431 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20432 a detached signature.
20434 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20435 and the the output is displayed.
20437 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20438 passphrase cache or user.
20440 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20442 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20443 Sign the current buffer.
20445 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20446 detached signature.
20448 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20451 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20452 and the the output is displayed.
20454 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20455 passphrase cache or user.
20457 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20459 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20460 Verify the current region between START and END.
20461 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20462 the detached signature of the current region.
20464 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20465 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20467 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20469 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20470 Verify the current buffer.
20471 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20472 the detached signature of the current region.
20473 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20474 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20475 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20478 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20480 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20481 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20485 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20486 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20490 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20491 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20497 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20498 ;;;;;; (17888 37037))
20499 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20501 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20502 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20504 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20508 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20509 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
20510 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20512 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20513 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20514 \\<picture-mode-map>
20515 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20516 afterwards settable by these commands:
20518 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20519 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20520 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20521 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20523 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20524 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20525 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20526 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20528 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20529 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20530 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20531 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20533 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20534 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20535 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20536 with these commands:
20538 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20539 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20540 Move to column following last
20541 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20542 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20543 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20544 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20545 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20546 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20548 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20550 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20551 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20552 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20553 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20554 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20555 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20557 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20558 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20559 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20560 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20561 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20562 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20563 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20565 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20566 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20567 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20568 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20569 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20570 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20571 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20572 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20574 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20575 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20576 by supplying an argument.
20578 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20580 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20581 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20585 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20589 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20590 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
20591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20593 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20594 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20595 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20597 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20601 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17888 32280))
20602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20604 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20605 Play pong and waste time.
20606 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20607 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20609 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20617 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20618 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17888 32279))
20619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20621 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20622 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20623 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20624 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20626 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20628 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20629 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20633 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20634 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20635 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20636 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20637 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20639 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20641 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20642 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20643 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20645 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20647 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20648 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20649 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20650 Ignores leading comment characters.
20656 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20657 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20658 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20659 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20660 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20661 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20662 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20663 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20664 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20665 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20666 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20667 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20668 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20669 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20670 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20671 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20672 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20673 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20674 ;;;;;; (17888 36650))
20675 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20677 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20678 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20680 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20682 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20686 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20687 Preview directory using ghostview.
20689 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20690 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20691 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20692 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20694 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20695 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20696 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20697 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20698 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20701 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20703 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20705 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20706 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20708 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20709 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20710 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20711 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20713 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20714 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20715 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20716 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20717 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20720 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20722 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20724 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20725 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20727 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20728 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20729 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20730 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20732 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20733 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20734 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20735 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20736 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20739 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20741 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20743 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20744 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20746 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20748 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20749 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20750 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20751 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20753 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20754 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20755 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20756 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20757 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20760 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20762 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20764 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20765 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20767 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20768 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20769 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20771 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20772 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20773 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20774 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20776 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20778 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20779 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20781 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20782 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20783 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20785 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20786 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20787 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20788 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20790 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20792 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20793 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20795 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20796 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20797 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20799 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20800 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20801 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20802 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20804 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20806 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20807 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20809 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20811 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20812 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20813 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20815 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20816 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20817 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20818 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20820 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20822 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20823 Preview region using ghostview.
20825 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20827 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20829 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20830 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20832 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20834 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20836 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20837 Print region using PostScript printer.
20839 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20841 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20843 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20844 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20846 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20848 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20850 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20851 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20853 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20855 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20857 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20858 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20860 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20862 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20864 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20865 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20867 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20869 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20871 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20872 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20874 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20876 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20878 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20879 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20880 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20881 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20883 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20886 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20887 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20889 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20891 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20893 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20894 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20895 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20896 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20900 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20901 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20902 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20903 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20907 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20908 Print directory using text printer.
20910 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20913 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20914 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20916 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20918 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20920 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20921 Print buffer using text printer.
20925 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20926 Print region using text printer.
20930 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20931 Print major mode using text printer.
20935 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20936 Preview spooled PostScript.
20938 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20939 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20940 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20942 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20943 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20944 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20946 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20948 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20949 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20951 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20952 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20953 instead of sending it to the printer.
20955 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20956 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20957 image in a file with that name.
20959 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20961 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20962 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20964 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20965 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20966 instead of sending it to the printer.
20968 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20969 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20970 image in a file with that name.
20972 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20974 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20975 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20977 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20978 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20979 instead of sending it to the printer.
20981 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20982 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20983 image in a file with that name.
20985 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20987 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20988 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20990 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20992 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20993 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20995 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20997 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20998 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21000 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21002 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21003 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21005 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21007 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21008 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21010 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21012 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21013 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21016 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21017 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21018 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21021 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21022 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21023 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21024 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21025 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21028 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21030 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21031 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21035 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21036 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21038 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21040 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21045 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21046 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21050 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21051 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21055 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21056 Toggle printing with faces.
21060 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21065 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21070 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21073 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21075 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21080 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21085 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21086 Toggle upside-down.
21090 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21091 Toggle line number.
21095 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21096 Toggle zebra stripes.
21100 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21101 Toggle printing header.
21105 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21106 Toggle printing header frame.
21110 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21115 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21116 Toggle auto region.
21120 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21125 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21126 Customization of the `printing' group.
21128 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21130 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21131 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21133 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21135 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21136 Help for the printing package.
21138 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21140 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21141 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21145 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21146 Interactively select a text printer.
21150 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21151 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21155 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21156 Show current ps-print settings.
21158 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21160 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21161 Show current printing settings.
21163 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21165 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21166 Show current lpr settings.
21168 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21170 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21171 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21173 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21174 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21175 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21176 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21179 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21181 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21182 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21183 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21185 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21186 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21187 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21188 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21189 current active printer.
21191 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21192 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21193 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21196 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21197 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21198 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21199 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21200 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21203 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21204 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21206 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21208 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21209 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21210 be done using the new current active printer.
21212 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21213 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21216 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21217 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21218 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21219 instead of sending it to the printer.
21221 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21222 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21225 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21228 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21231 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21233 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21234 Fast fire function for text printing.
21236 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21237 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21238 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21239 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21241 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21242 user for a new active text printer.
21244 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21246 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21248 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21249 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21252 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21254 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21257 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21261 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21262 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
21263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21265 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21266 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21267 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21269 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21270 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21271 if that value is non-nil.
21275 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21277 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21278 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21279 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21281 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17888 32281))
21286 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21288 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21289 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21290 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21294 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17888
21296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21298 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21299 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21301 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21303 The following variables hold user options, and can
21304 be set through the `customize' command:
21306 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21308 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21309 `ps-mode-print-function'
21311 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21315 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21318 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21324 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21325 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21326 The keymap for this second window is:
21328 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21331 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21332 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21333 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21334 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21335 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21341 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21342 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21343 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21344 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17888 32281))
21345 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21347 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21348 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21352 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21353 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21354 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21355 changed by setting the variable
21356 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21357 The initial value of this variable is
21358 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21361 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21362 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21363 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21364 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21365 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21366 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21369 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21370 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21371 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21372 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21373 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21374 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21375 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21376 use this value, be sure to have installed
21377 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21378 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21379 documentation of this variable).
21381 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21382 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21383 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21384 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21385 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21386 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21388 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21390 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21392 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21393 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21394 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21396 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21398 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21403 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21404 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21406 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21408 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21412 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21414 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21417 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21419 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21420 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21422 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21425 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21429 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21431 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21434 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21436 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21437 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21441 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21442 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21443 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21445 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21447 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21448 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21449 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21451 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21453 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21460 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21461 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21462 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21463 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21464 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21465 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17888
21467 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21469 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21470 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21471 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21473 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21475 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21476 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21477 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21478 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21480 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21482 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21483 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21487 nil Do not print colors.
21491 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21492 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21494 Any other value is treated as t.")
21496 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21498 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21499 Customization of ps-print group.
21503 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21504 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21506 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21507 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21508 sending it to the printer.
21510 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21511 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21512 image in a file with that name.
21514 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21516 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21517 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21518 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21519 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21520 so it has a way to determine color values.
21522 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21524 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21525 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21526 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21528 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21530 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21531 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21532 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21533 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21534 so it has a way to determine color values.
21536 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21538 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21539 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21540 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21541 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21543 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21547 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21548 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21549 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21550 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21551 so it has a way to determine color values.
21553 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21557 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21558 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21559 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21561 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21565 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21566 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21567 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21568 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21569 so it has a way to determine color values.
21571 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21573 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21575 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21576 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21578 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21579 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21580 instead of sending it to the printer.
21582 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21583 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21584 image in a file with that name.
21586 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21588 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21589 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21590 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21591 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21592 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21596 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21597 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21598 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21600 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21602 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21603 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21604 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21606 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21608 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21609 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21613 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21614 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21616 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21617 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21619 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21620 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21622 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21624 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21626 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21628 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21629 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21631 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21632 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21634 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21635 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21637 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21639 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21641 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21643 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21644 foreground and background colors respectively.
21646 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21647 bold - use bold font.
21648 italic - use italic font.
21649 underline - put a line under text.
21650 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21651 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21652 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21653 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21654 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21656 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21658 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21662 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21663 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
21664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21666 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21668 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21670 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21672 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21673 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21674 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21675 buffer automatically.
21677 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21678 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21679 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21680 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21681 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21682 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21683 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21685 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21686 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21687 buffer for a list of commands.)
21689 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21691 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21692 Major mode for editing Python files.
21693 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21694 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21695 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21696 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21698 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21699 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21700 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21701 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21702 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21703 \\<python-mode-map>
21704 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21705 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21706 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21707 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21708 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21709 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21711 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21712 effect outside them.
21714 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21715 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21716 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21717 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21718 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21719 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21720 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21721 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21722 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21724 \\{python-mode-map}
21728 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21729 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21730 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21731 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21737 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21738 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
21739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21741 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21742 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21743 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21746 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21747 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21749 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21750 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21751 them into characters should be done separately.
21753 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21757 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21758 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21759 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21760 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21761 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17888 36644))
21762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21764 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21765 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21769 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21770 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21771 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21773 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21774 `quail-activate', which see.
21776 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21778 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21779 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21780 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21781 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21782 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21783 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21784 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21786 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21787 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21788 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21789 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21790 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21792 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21794 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21795 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21796 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21797 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21798 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21799 list of candidates.
21801 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21802 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21803 command to be called.
21805 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21806 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21807 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21808 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21810 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21811 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21812 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21813 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21814 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21817 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21818 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21819 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21820 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21822 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21823 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21824 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21825 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21827 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21828 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21829 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21830 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21831 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21832 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21834 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21835 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21836 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21837 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21838 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21839 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21841 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21842 covers Quail translation region.
21844 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21845 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21846 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21847 for it) is inserted.
21849 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21850 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21851 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21853 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21854 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21855 non-Quail commands.
21857 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21859 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21860 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21862 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21863 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21864 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21865 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21866 you type is correctly handled.
21868 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21870 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21871 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21873 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21876 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21878 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21879 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21880 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21881 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21882 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21883 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21884 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21885 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21886 for the translation.
21887 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21889 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21890 it is used to handle KEY.
21892 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21893 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21894 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21895 the following annotation types are supported.
21897 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21898 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21900 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21903 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21904 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21905 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21908 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21909 generated for the following translations.
21911 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21913 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21914 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21916 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21917 which to install MAP.
21919 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21921 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21923 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21924 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21926 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21927 which to install MAP.
21929 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21931 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21933 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21934 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21935 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21936 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21937 a function, or a cons.
21938 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21939 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21940 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21941 for the translation.
21942 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21943 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21944 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21945 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21946 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21948 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21949 it is used to handle KEY.
21951 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21952 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21953 current Quail package.
21955 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21956 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21958 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21960 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21961 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21963 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21964 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21966 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21968 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21969 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21971 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21973 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21974 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21975 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21976 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21977 of the Emacs source tree.
21979 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21980 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21982 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21983 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21986 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21990 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21991 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21992 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17888
21994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21996 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21997 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21998 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21999 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22001 To make use of this do something like:
22003 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22005 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22007 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22008 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22010 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22011 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22012 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22014 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22016 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22017 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22019 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22021 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22022 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22024 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22027 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22029 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22030 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22032 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22033 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22034 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22036 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22038 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22039 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22041 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22043 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22044 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22048 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22049 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22051 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22053 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22057 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22058 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22064 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22065 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17888 32280))
22066 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22068 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22070 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22074 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22076 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22079 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22081 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22082 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22083 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22086 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22088 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22090 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22091 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22097 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17888
22099 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22101 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22102 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22105 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22109 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22110 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
22111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22113 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22115 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22116 Construct a regexp interactively.
22122 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17888 32281))
22123 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22125 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22126 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22127 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22130 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22132 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22134 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22135 Toggle recentf mode.
22136 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22137 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22139 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22140 that were operated on recently.
22142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22146 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22147 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22148 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22149 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17888
22151 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22153 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22154 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22155 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22156 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22158 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22160 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22162 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22163 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22164 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22165 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22168 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22169 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22172 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22174 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22175 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22176 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22178 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22179 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22182 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22184 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22185 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22186 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22188 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22190 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22191 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22193 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22194 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22196 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22199 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22200 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22201 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22202 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22205 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22207 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22208 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22212 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22213 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22214 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22215 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22216 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22217 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22218 and point is at the lower right corner.
22220 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22222 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22223 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22225 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22226 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22228 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22229 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22230 on the right side of the rectangle.
22232 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22234 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22236 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22237 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22238 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22239 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22240 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22242 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22243 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22245 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22247 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22248 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22249 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22251 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22253 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22255 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22257 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22258 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22260 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22261 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22262 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22264 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22266 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22267 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22268 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22270 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22271 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22272 rectangle which were empty.
22274 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22278 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17888
22280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22282 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22283 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22284 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22286 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22287 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22288 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22294 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22295 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17888 32281))
22296 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22298 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22299 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22303 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22304 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22306 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22307 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22309 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22310 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22311 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22314 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22315 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22316 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22318 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22319 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22320 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22322 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22323 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22325 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22326 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22328 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22329 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22332 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22336 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22337 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22338 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22344 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22345 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
22346 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22348 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22349 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22350 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22351 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22352 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22353 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22355 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22357 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22359 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22360 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22361 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22362 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22363 `reftex-cite-format'.
22365 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22366 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22367 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22368 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22370 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22374 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22375 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
22376 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22378 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22379 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22380 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22381 the current TeX document.
22383 With no argument, this command toggles
22384 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22385 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22391 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22392 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
22393 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22395 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22396 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22397 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22399 To insert new phrases, use
22400 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22401 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22403 To index phrases use one of:
22405 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22406 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22407 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22408 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22409 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22411 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22412 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22414 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22416 Here are all local bindings.
22418 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22424 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22425 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
22426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22428 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22429 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22430 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22433 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17888
22439 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22440 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22441 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22442 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22443 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22447 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22448 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
22449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22451 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22452 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22453 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22454 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22455 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22456 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22458 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22459 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22461 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22464 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22466 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22467 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22468 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22469 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22471 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22475 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17888 32281))
22476 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22478 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22479 Repeat most recently executed command.
22480 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22481 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22482 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22484 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22485 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22486 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22488 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22492 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22493 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22496 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22497 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22499 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22500 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22501 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22502 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22503 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22504 and point is left after the salutation.
22506 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22507 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22508 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22509 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22510 left after that text.
22512 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22515 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22516 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22517 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22518 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22520 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22524 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22525 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
22526 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22528 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22529 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22530 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22531 visibility of comments that precede it.
22532 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22533 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22534 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22535 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22536 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22537 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22538 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22539 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22541 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22542 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22543 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22544 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22545 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22548 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22552 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17888
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22556 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22557 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22563 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22564 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
22565 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22567 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22568 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22569 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22571 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22572 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22573 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22577 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22578 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22579 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22582 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22584 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22586 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22587 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22588 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22590 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22591 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22592 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22598 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22599 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
22600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22602 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22603 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22607 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22608 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22610 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22614 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17888 32280))
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22616 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22618 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22619 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22620 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22621 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22623 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22625 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22626 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22627 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22628 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22630 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22631 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22633 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22634 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22636 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22637 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22640 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22641 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22642 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22643 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22644 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22646 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22647 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22648 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22649 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22651 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22652 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22655 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22659 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22660 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22661 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22662 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22663 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22664 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22665 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17888
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22669 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22670 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22671 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22673 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22675 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22676 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22677 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22678 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22680 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22682 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22683 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22684 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22685 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22686 value is the user's email address and name.)
22687 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22689 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22690 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22691 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22692 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22693 which normally happens once for each message,
22694 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22695 To make a change in this variable take effect
22696 for a message that you have already viewed,
22697 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22699 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22701 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22702 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22703 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22704 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22706 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22708 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22709 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22711 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22713 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22714 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22715 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22716 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22718 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22720 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22721 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22723 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22725 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22726 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22728 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22730 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22731 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22732 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22733 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22734 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22736 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22738 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22739 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22740 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22741 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22743 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22745 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22746 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22748 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22750 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22751 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22753 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22755 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22756 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22758 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22760 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22761 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22763 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22764 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22766 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22767 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22769 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22771 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22772 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22774 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22775 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22776 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22777 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22779 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22780 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22782 This is set to nil by default.")
22784 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22785 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22786 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22787 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22788 until a user explicitly requires it.
22790 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22791 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22794 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22796 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22797 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22798 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22799 It is called with no argument.")
22801 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22802 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22803 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22804 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22805 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22806 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22807 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22809 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22810 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22811 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22812 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22813 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22814 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22816 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22817 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22818 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22819 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22820 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22822 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22823 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22824 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22825 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22826 MSG is the message number,
22827 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22828 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22830 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22831 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22832 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22833 this feature is required with `require'.
22835 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22836 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22838 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22839 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22840 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22841 the message is decoded as normal way.
22843 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22844 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22845 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22847 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22848 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22849 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22851 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22852 Read and edit incoming mail.
22853 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22854 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22855 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22857 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22858 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22859 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22860 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22862 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22864 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22866 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22867 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22868 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22869 Instead, these commands are available:
22871 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22872 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22873 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22874 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22875 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22876 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22877 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22878 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22879 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22880 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22881 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22882 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22883 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22884 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22885 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22886 till a deleted message is found.
22887 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22888 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22889 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22890 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22891 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22892 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22893 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22894 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22895 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22896 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22897 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22898 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22899 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22900 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22901 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22902 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22903 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22904 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22905 (label defaults to last one specified).
22906 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22907 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22908 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22909 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22910 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22911 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22912 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22913 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22914 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22918 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22919 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22921 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22923 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22924 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22926 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22930 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22931 ;;;;;; (17888 37037))
22932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22934 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22935 Edit the contents of this message.
22941 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22942 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22943 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17888 32280))
22944 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22946 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22947 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22948 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22950 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22952 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22953 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22954 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22956 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22958 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22961 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22963 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22964 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22965 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22966 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22967 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22969 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22971 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22972 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22973 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22974 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22975 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22977 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22981 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22982 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
22983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22985 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22986 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22987 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22988 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22990 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22994 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22995 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22996 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17888 32280))
22997 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22999 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23000 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23001 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23002 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23003 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23004 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23005 a file name as a string.")
23007 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23009 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23010 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23011 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23012 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23013 buffer visiting that file.
23014 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23015 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23017 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23018 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23020 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23021 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23023 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23024 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23026 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23028 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23029 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23031 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23033 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23034 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23035 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23036 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23037 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23039 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23040 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23041 will be appended with their original headers.
23043 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23044 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23046 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23047 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23049 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23051 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23053 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23054 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23055 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23057 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23061 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23062 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23063 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17888
23065 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23067 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23068 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23069 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23071 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23073 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23074 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23075 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23077 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23079 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23080 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23081 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23083 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23085 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23086 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23087 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23089 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23091 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23092 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23093 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23095 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23097 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23098 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23099 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23101 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23103 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23104 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23105 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23106 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23108 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23112 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23113 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23114 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23115 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23116 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17888 32280))
23117 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23119 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23120 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23122 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23124 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23125 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23127 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23129 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23130 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23134 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23135 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23136 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23138 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23140 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23141 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23142 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23143 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23144 only look in the To and From fields.
23145 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23147 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23149 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23150 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23151 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23152 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23153 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23155 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23157 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23158 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23159 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23160 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23161 look in the whole message.
23162 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23164 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23166 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23167 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23168 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23170 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23172 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23173 *Function to decode summary-line.
23175 By default, `identity' is set.")
23177 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23179 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23180 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23181 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23182 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23183 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23184 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23185 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23187 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23188 sent by you under different user names.
23189 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23191 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23193 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23197 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23198 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
23199 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23201 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23202 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23203 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23204 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23206 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23210 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23211 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17888 32281))
23212 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23214 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23215 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23217 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23219 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23220 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23222 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23224 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23225 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23227 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23229 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23230 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23231 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23233 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23234 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23237 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23241 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23242 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23248 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23249 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23250 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23251 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23252 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
23253 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23255 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23256 *This variable is obsolete.")
23258 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23260 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23261 *This variable is obsolete.")
23263 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23265 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23266 *This variable is obsolete.")
23268 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23270 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23271 *This variable is obsolete.")
23273 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23275 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23276 *This variable is obsolete.")
23278 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23280 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23281 *This variable is obsolete.")
23283 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23285 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23286 This function is obsolete.
23288 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23292 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17888
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23296 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23297 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23303 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17888
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23307 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23308 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23309 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23310 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23312 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23314 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23315 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23316 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23317 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23319 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23323 matches string STRING literally.
23326 matches character CHAR literally.
23328 `not-newline', `nonl'
23329 matches any character except a newline.
23332 matches any character
23337 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23338 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23339 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23341 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23342 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23343 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23344 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23346 `(not (any SET ...))'
23347 matches any character not in SET ...
23349 `line-start', `bol'
23350 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23351 in the text being matched
23354 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23356 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23357 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23358 string being matched against.
23360 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23361 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23362 string being matched against.
23365 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23366 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23369 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23370 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23373 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23375 `word-start', `bow'
23376 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23380 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23383 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23386 `(not word-boundary)'
23387 `not-word-boundary'
23388 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23391 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23392 matches 0 through 9.
23395 matches ASCII control characters.
23397 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23398 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23401 matches space and tab only.
23404 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23407 `printing', `print'
23408 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23411 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23412 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23413 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23415 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23416 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23417 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23420 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23423 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23425 `lower', `lower-case'
23426 matches anything lower-case.
23428 `upper', `upper-case'
23429 matches anything upper-case.
23431 `punctuation', `punct'
23432 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23433 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23435 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23436 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23439 matches anything that has word syntax.
23442 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23445 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23446 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23447 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23449 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23450 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23453 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23454 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23455 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23456 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23457 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23459 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23460 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23461 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23462 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23463 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23465 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23466 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23468 `(category CATEGORY)'
23469 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23470 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23472 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23473 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23474 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23475 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23479 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23480 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23481 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23482 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23483 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23484 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23485 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23486 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23487 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23488 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23489 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23490 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23491 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23492 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23501 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23505 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23507 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23512 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23513 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23515 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23516 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23517 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23518 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23519 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23521 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23522 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23523 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23524 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23526 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23527 another name for `submatch'.
23529 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23530 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23531 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23532 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23533 regular expression.
23535 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23536 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23537 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23538 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23539 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23541 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23542 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23544 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23545 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23547 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23549 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23552 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23553 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23556 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23557 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23559 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23561 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23564 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23567 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23569 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23570 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23572 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23575 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23578 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23582 matches N occurrences.
23585 matches N or more occurrences.
23587 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23588 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23589 matches N to M occurrences.
23592 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23595 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23598 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23601 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23605 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23607 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23611 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23612 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
23613 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23615 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23616 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23617 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23620 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23622 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23623 Toggle savehist-mode.
23624 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23625 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23626 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23627 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23629 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23630 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23631 which is probably undesirable.
23637 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23638 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
23639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23641 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23642 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23643 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23645 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23646 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23647 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23648 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23649 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23650 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23651 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23652 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23655 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23656 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23657 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23658 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23659 if that value is non-nil.
23663 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23664 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23665 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23668 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23669 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23670 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23671 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23672 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23673 that variable's value is a string.
23679 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23680 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
23681 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23683 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23684 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23685 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23687 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23693 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17888
23695 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23697 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23698 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23699 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23700 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23702 Interesting variables:
23704 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23705 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23707 `scribe-electric-quote'
23708 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23710 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23711 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23712 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23718 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23719 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
23720 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23722 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23723 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23724 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23727 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23729 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23731 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23732 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23733 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23734 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23735 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23741 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23742 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23745 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23746 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23747 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23748 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23749 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23756 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23757 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23758 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23759 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23760 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23761 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23762 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23763 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23764 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17888 32280))
23765 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23767 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23768 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23770 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23772 If `parens', they look like:
23773 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23774 If `angles', they look like:
23775 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23776 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23777 derived from the envelope-from address.
23779 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23780 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23781 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23782 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23784 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23786 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23787 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23788 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23789 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23791 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23792 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23793 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23794 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23796 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23798 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23799 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23800 This is done when the message is initialized,
23801 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23803 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23805 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23806 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23807 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23809 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23811 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23813 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23814 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23815 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23816 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23817 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23818 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23819 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23821 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23823 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23824 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23826 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23828 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23829 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23830 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23832 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23834 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23835 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23836 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23837 when you first send mail.")
23839 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23841 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23842 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23843 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23844 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23845 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23847 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23849 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23850 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23851 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23852 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23853 This file need not actually exist.")
23855 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23857 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23858 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23859 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23861 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23863 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23864 Alist of mail address aliases,
23865 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23866 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23867 can specify a different file name.)
23868 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23869 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23871 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23872 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23873 nil means use indentation.")
23875 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23877 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23878 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23879 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23881 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23883 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23884 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23885 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23886 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23887 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23888 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23889 in the cited portion of the message.
23891 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23892 instead of no action.")
23894 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23896 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23897 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23898 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23899 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23900 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23902 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23904 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23905 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23906 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23907 If a string, that string is inserted.
23908 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23909 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23910 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23911 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23913 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23915 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23916 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23918 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23920 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23921 Directory for mail buffers.
23922 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23923 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23925 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23927 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23928 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23929 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23930 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23932 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23934 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23935 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23936 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23937 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23940 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23942 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23943 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23944 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23945 `query' means ask the user each time.
23946 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23947 The default is `mime'.
23948 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23949 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23951 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23953 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23954 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23955 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23957 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23958 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23960 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23961 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23962 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23963 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23964 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23965 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23966 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23967 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23968 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23969 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23970 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23971 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23972 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23976 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23977 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23979 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23980 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23982 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23984 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23985 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23986 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23987 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23988 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23989 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23991 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23992 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23993 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23995 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23996 User should not set this variable manually,
23997 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23998 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23999 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24000 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24002 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
24003 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24004 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24005 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24007 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24008 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24011 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24013 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24014 to move to message header fields:
24017 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24018 when the message is initialized.
24020 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24021 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24023 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24026 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24027 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24029 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24030 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24031 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24032 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24033 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24034 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24035 buffer without erasing the contents.
24037 The second through fifth arguments,
24038 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24039 the initial contents of those header fields.
24040 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24041 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24042 original message being replied to, or else an action
24043 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24044 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24045 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24046 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24047 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24048 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24050 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24052 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24053 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24055 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24057 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24058 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24060 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24064 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24065 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17888 32281))
24066 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24068 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24069 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24070 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24071 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24072 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24073 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24075 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24076 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24078 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24080 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24081 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24082 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24084 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24085 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24087 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24089 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24090 Toggle Server mode.
24091 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24092 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24093 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24097 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24098 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24100 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24102 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24103 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24105 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24109 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17888 32281))
24110 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24112 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24113 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24114 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24118 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24119 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24120 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24121 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24127 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24128 ;;;;;; (17888 37037))
24129 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24131 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24132 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24134 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24137 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24138 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24139 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24141 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24142 in your `.emacs' file.
24144 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24146 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24147 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24152 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24154 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24155 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24156 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24157 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24158 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24159 which this is based.
24161 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24163 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24164 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24165 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24166 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24168 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24169 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24170 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24172 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24173 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24174 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24175 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24177 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24178 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24179 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24180 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24182 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24184 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24185 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24186 To work around that, do:
24187 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24195 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24196 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
24197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24198 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24200 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24201 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24202 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24203 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24204 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24205 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24207 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24208 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24209 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24210 shell-specific features.
24212 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24213 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24214 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24216 \\[sh-case] case statement
24217 \\[sh-for] for loop
24218 \\[sh-function] function definition
24219 \\[sh-if] if statement
24220 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24221 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24222 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24223 \\[sh-select] select loop
24224 \\[sh-until] until loop
24225 \\[sh-while] while loop
24227 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24228 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24229 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24230 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24231 would indent to the way it currently is.
24232 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24233 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24236 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24237 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24238 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24239 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24240 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24241 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24243 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24245 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24247 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24248 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24249 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24251 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24252 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24256 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24260 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17888 32280))
24261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24263 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24264 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24265 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24266 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24267 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24268 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24270 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24274 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24275 ;;;;;; (17888 36581))
24276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24278 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24279 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24281 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24282 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24283 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24284 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24287 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24289 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24291 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24292 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24293 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24295 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24296 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24298 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24299 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24300 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24301 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24302 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24303 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24304 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24307 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24308 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24309 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24310 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24311 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24313 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24314 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24315 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24321 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24322 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17888
24324 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24326 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24327 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24328 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24329 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24330 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24331 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24336 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24337 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24338 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24339 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24340 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24344 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24345 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24346 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24347 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24348 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24349 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24350 `shadow-define-cluster').
24354 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24355 Set up file shadowing.
24361 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24362 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
24363 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24365 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24366 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24367 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24368 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24369 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24372 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24374 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24375 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24376 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24377 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24378 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24379 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24380 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24381 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24382 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24383 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24384 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24385 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24386 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24387 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24389 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24390 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24391 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24392 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24393 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24394 `default-process-coding-system'.
24396 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24397 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24398 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24399 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24401 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24403 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24404 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24408 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24409 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17888 32280))
24410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24412 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24415 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24417 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24420 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24422 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24425 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24429 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24430 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24433 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24434 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24435 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24436 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24437 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24439 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17888 36936))
24446 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24447 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24451 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17888
24453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24455 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24456 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24457 \\{simula-mode-map}
24458 Variables controlling indentation style:
24459 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24460 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24461 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24462 `simula-indent-level'
24463 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24464 `simula-substatement-offset'
24465 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24466 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24467 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24468 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24469 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24470 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24471 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24472 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24473 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24474 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24475 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24476 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24477 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24478 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24479 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24480 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24481 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24482 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24483 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24484 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24485 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24486 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24487 or nil if they should not be changed.
24488 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24489 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24490 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24491 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24493 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24494 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24500 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24501 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17888 32281))
24502 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24504 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24505 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24507 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24508 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24509 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24510 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24512 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24514 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24516 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24517 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24518 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24519 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24520 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24522 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24523 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24525 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24527 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24528 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24530 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24531 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24532 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24533 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24535 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24536 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24537 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24538 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24540 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24541 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24542 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24544 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24545 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24547 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24548 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24550 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24551 _ interesting point, interregion here
24552 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24553 interesting point set by _
24554 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24555 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24556 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24557 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24558 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24559 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24562 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24563 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24565 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24566 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24567 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24568 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24569 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24570 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24571 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24572 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24574 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24575 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24576 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24577 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24578 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24581 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24582 then: insert previously read string once more
24583 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24584 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24585 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24587 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24588 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24590 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24592 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24593 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24595 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24596 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24597 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24598 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24599 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24602 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24603 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24604 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24610 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24611 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24614 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24615 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24616 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24619 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24621 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24622 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24623 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24629 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24630 ;;;;;; (17888 36935))
24631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24633 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24634 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24635 A list of images is returned.
24637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24639 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24640 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24641 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24643 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24647 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24648 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17888 36928))
24649 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24651 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24656 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24657 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24663 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17888 32280))
24664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24666 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24667 Play the Snake game.
24668 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24670 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24672 Snake mode keybindings:
24674 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24675 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24676 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24677 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24678 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24679 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24680 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24686 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24687 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
24688 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24690 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24691 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24692 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24693 Tab indents for C code.
24694 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24695 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24697 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24702 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24703 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24704 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24705 Tab indents for C code.
24706 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24707 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24709 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24710 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24716 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24717 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24718 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17888 32279))
24719 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24721 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24722 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24724 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24725 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24726 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24728 For example, the form
24730 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24731 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24733 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24735 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24737 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24738 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24740 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24741 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24742 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24745 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24747 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24749 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24750 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24752 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24753 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24754 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24757 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24759 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24761 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24762 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24763 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24766 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24768 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24770 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24771 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24772 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24774 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24775 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24777 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24781 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24782 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24783 Requires floating point.
24789 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17888
24791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24793 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24796 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24797 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24798 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24799 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24800 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24801 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24802 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24803 check after each move or undo)
24807 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24808 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24809 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24828 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24829 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24830 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24831 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24833 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24834 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24835 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24838 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24839 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24841 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24857 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24859 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24865 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24866 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24867 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17888 32281))
24868 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24870 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24871 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24873 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24874 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24875 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24876 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24879 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24880 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24881 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24884 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24885 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24887 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24888 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24889 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24890 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24893 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24894 It should move point to the end of the record.
24896 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24897 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24898 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24899 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24900 starts at the beginning of the record.
24902 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24903 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24906 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24907 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24909 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24911 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24912 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24913 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24914 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24915 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24918 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24920 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24921 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24922 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24923 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24924 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24927 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24929 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24930 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24931 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24932 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24933 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24936 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24938 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24939 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24940 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24941 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24942 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24943 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24944 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24945 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24946 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24948 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24950 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24951 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24952 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24953 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24954 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24955 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24956 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24959 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24961 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24962 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24963 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24964 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24965 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24966 is to be used for sorting.
24967 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24968 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24969 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24970 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24971 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24973 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24975 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24978 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24979 starting with the letter \"f\",
24980 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24982 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24984 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24985 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24986 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24987 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24988 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24989 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24990 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24993 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24994 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24995 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24996 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24997 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24999 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25001 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
25002 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25003 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25005 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25009 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17888
25011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25013 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
25014 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25020 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25021 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25022 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17888 32280))
25023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25025 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
25026 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25028 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25029 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25030 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25032 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25034 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
25035 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25036 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25039 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25041 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25042 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25043 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25045 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25047 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25048 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25049 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25050 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25055 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25056 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25057 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25058 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25064 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25065 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17888 37032))
25066 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25068 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25070 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25071 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25072 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25073 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25074 supported at a time.
25075 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25076 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25080 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25081 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25082 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25083 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25089 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25090 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17888 32281))
25091 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25093 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25095 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25096 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25097 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25098 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25099 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25100 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25104 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25105 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25106 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25107 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25111 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25112 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25113 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25114 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25115 for example, \"word\".
25117 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25119 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25120 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25122 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25126 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17888
25128 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25130 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25131 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25135 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25136 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25142 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25143 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25144 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25145 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17888
25147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25149 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25150 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25152 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25153 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25154 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25155 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25156 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25157 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25158 of the current highlighting list.
25162 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25163 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25165 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25166 `_t' as data types.
25168 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25170 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25171 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25173 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25174 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25176 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25178 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25179 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25180 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25182 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25184 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25185 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25186 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25187 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25188 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25189 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25191 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25192 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25194 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25196 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25197 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25198 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25199 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25201 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25202 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25203 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25204 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25206 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25207 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25208 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25212 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25213 Major mode to edit SQL.
25215 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25216 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25217 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25220 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25222 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25223 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25224 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25225 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25226 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25227 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25229 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25230 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25232 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25233 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25234 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25236 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25238 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25242 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25243 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25245 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25246 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25249 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25251 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25253 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25254 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25256 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25257 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25260 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25261 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25262 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25263 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25265 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25266 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25268 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25269 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25270 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25271 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25272 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25273 `default-process-coding-system'.
25275 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25279 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25280 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25282 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25283 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25286 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25287 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25288 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25289 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25291 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25292 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25294 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25295 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25296 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25297 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25298 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25299 `default-process-coding-system'.
25301 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25305 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25306 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25308 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25309 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25312 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25313 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25315 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25316 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25318 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25319 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25320 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25321 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25322 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25323 `default-process-coding-system'.
25325 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25329 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25330 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25332 SQLite is free software.
25334 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25335 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25338 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25339 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25340 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25341 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25343 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25344 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25346 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25347 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25348 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25349 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25350 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25351 `default-process-coding-system'.
25353 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25357 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25358 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25360 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25362 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25363 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25366 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25367 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25368 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25369 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25371 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25372 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25374 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25375 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25376 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25377 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25378 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25379 `default-process-coding-system'.
25381 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25385 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25386 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25388 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25389 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25392 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25393 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25396 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25397 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25399 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25400 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25401 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25402 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25403 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25404 `default-process-coding-system'.
25406 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25410 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25411 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25413 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25414 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25417 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25418 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25420 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25421 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25423 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25424 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25425 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25426 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25427 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25428 `default-process-coding-system'.
25430 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25434 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25435 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25437 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25438 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25441 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25442 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25443 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25444 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25446 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25447 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25449 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25450 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25451 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25452 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25453 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25454 `default-process-coding-system'.
25456 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25460 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25461 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25463 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25464 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25467 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25468 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25469 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25470 `sql-postgres-options'.
25472 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25473 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25475 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25476 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25477 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25478 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25479 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25480 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25481 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25482 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25484 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25485 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25487 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25491 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25492 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25494 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25495 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25498 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25499 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25502 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25503 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25505 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25506 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25507 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25508 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25509 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25510 `default-process-coding-system'.
25512 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25516 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25517 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25519 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25520 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25523 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25526 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25527 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25529 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25530 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25531 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25532 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25534 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25535 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25536 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25537 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25538 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25539 `default-process-coding-system'.
25541 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25545 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25546 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25548 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25549 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25552 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25553 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25554 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25555 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25558 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25559 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25560 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25561 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25564 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25565 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25567 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25573 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25574 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25575 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25576 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25577 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17888
25579 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25581 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25582 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25583 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25584 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25585 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25586 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25588 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25590 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25592 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25593 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25594 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25595 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25596 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25597 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25598 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25600 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25602 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25603 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25604 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25605 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25606 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25607 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25608 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25610 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25612 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25613 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25614 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25616 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25618 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25619 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25620 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25622 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25624 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25625 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25627 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25629 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25630 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25634 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25635 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25639 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25640 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25641 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25642 chronologically by command name.
25643 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25645 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25647 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25648 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25649 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25651 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25652 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25654 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25656 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25657 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25658 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25659 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25660 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25661 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25662 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25664 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25665 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25666 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25667 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25669 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25673 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25674 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25675 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25676 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25678 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25680 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25681 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25687 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25688 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17888 32224))
25689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25691 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25692 Studlify-case the region.
25694 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25696 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25697 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25699 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25701 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25702 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25708 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17888 36928))
25709 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25711 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25712 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25713 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25714 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25715 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25716 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25718 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25719 is used instead of `load-path'.
25721 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25722 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25723 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25725 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25729 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25730 ;;;;;; (17888 36581))
25731 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25733 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25734 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25735 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25736 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25737 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25738 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25739 original message but it does require a few things:
25741 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25743 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25746 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25747 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25750 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25752 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25754 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25755 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25756 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25762 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17888 32281))
25763 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25765 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25766 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25767 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25770 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25772 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25774 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25775 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25776 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25778 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25784 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17888 32281))
25785 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25787 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25788 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25789 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25790 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25791 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25795 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25796 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25797 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25798 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25799 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25800 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25801 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25803 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25807 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25808 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25809 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25810 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25811 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25812 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25813 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25814 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25815 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25816 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25817 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25818 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25819 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17888 32281))
25820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25822 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25823 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25824 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25826 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25828 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25829 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25831 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25833 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25834 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25836 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25838 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25839 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25841 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25843 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25844 Insert an editable text table.
25845 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25846 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25847 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25848 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25849 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25850 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25855 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25857 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25862 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25863 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25864 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25865 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25868 +-----+-----+-----+
25870 +-----+-----+-----+
25872 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25874 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25875 width, which results as
25877 +--------------+-----+-----+
25879 +--------------+-----+-----+
25881 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25882 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25884 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25886 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25888 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25889 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25890 width information to `table-insert'.
25892 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25898 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25901 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25902 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25904 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25907 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25909 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25911 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25914 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25917 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25919 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25921 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25924 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25927 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25930 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25931 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25932 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25934 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25937 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25940 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25943 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25945 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25948 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25951 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25952 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25953 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25954 | | |expected results.-!- |
25955 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25958 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25960 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25964 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25966 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25967 Insert N table row(s).
25968 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25969 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25970 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25971 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25975 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25976 Insert N table column(s).
25977 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25978 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25979 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25980 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25984 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25985 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25986 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25988 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25990 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25991 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25992 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25993 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25994 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25995 all the table specific features.
25997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25999 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
26004 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
26005 Recognize all tables within region.
26006 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26007 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26008 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26011 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26013 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
26016 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26018 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
26019 Recognize a table at point.
26020 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26021 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26022 the table specific features.
26024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26026 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
26031 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
26032 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26033 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26034 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26035 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26036 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26037 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26039 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26041 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26046 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26047 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26048 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26049 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26050 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26051 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26054 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26056 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26057 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26058 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26059 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26060 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26061 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26062 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26067 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26068 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26069 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26070 table's rectangle structure.
26072 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26074 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26075 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26076 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26077 table's rectangle structure.
26081 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26082 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26083 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26084 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26085 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26087 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26089 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26090 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26091 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26093 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26094 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26095 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26096 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26097 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26098 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26099 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26101 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26102 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26103 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26104 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26105 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26106 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26107 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26109 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26110 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26111 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26112 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26113 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26114 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26115 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26116 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26118 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26120 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26121 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26122 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26123 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26127 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26128 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26129 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26131 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26133 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26134 Split current cell vertically.
26135 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26139 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26140 Split current cell horizontally.
26141 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26145 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26146 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26147 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26149 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26151 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26152 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26153 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26154 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26156 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26158 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26159 Justify cell contents.
26160 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26161 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26162 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26163 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26165 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26167 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26168 Justify cells of a row.
26169 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26170 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26172 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26174 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26175 Justify cells of a column.
26176 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26177 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26179 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26181 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26182 Toggle fixing width mode.
26183 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26184 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26185 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26189 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26190 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26191 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26192 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26193 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26194 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26195 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26196 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26197 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26198 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26199 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26201 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26203 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26204 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26205 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26206 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26207 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26208 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26209 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26210 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26211 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26212 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26213 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26214 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26217 References used for this implementation:
26223 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26225 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26226 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26227 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26229 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26231 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26232 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26233 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26234 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26235 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26236 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26237 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26238 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26239 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26240 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26241 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26242 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26243 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26244 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26245 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26246 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26247 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26252 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26253 (table-forward-cell 15)
26254 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26255 (table-forward-cell 16)
26256 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26257 (table-forward-cell 1)
26258 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26261 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26262 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26263 (table-forward-cell 1)
26264 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26266 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26268 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26269 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26270 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26271 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26272 consists from cells of same height.
26276 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26277 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26278 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26279 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26280 column must consists from cells of same width.
26284 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26285 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26286 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26287 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26288 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26289 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26290 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26291 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26292 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26293 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26294 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26295 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26296 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26297 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26298 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26307 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26308 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26309 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26312 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26314 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26316 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26318 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26322 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26323 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26324 of each row is optional.
26329 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26330 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26331 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26332 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26333 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26335 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26336 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26338 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26339 expression and raw delimiter regular
26340 expression, it parses the specified text
26341 area and extracts cell items from
26342 non-table text and then forms a table out
26345 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26346 creates a single cell table. The text in
26347 the specified region is placed in that
26350 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26353 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26354 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26355 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26357 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26358 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26359 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26360 | area and extracts cell items from |
26361 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26364 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26365 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26366 | the specified region is placed in that |
26368 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26370 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26371 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26374 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26375 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26376 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26377 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26378 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26379 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26380 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26381 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26382 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26384 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26385 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26386 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26387 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26389 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26391 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26392 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26393 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26395 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26397 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26398 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26399 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26400 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26401 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26407 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17888 32281))
26408 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26410 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26411 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26413 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26415 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26416 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26422 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17888 32281))
26423 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26425 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26426 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26427 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26428 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26429 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26430 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26431 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26433 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26434 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26435 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26436 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26438 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26445 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26446 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17888 32281))
26447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26449 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26450 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26451 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26452 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26453 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26454 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26456 Variables controlling indentation style:
26458 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26459 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26460 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26462 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26463 documentation for details):
26464 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26465 Controls action of TAB key.
26467 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26468 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26469 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26470 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26471 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26473 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26474 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26482 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26483 Run inferior Tcl process.
26484 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26485 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26489 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26490 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26491 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26493 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26497 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17888 32280))
26498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26499 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26501 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26502 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26503 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26504 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26506 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26507 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26508 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26509 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26510 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26512 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26513 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26515 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26516 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26517 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26518 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26524 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17888
26526 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26528 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26529 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26530 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26531 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26532 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26533 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26535 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26537 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26538 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26539 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26540 commands to use in that buffer.
26542 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26544 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26546 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26547 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26549 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26553 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17888
26555 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26557 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26558 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26559 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26560 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26561 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26562 program as keyboard input.
26564 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26565 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26566 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26567 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26569 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26570 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26571 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26572 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26573 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26575 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26577 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26578 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26579 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26580 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26582 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26583 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26584 subprocess started.
26586 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26590 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26591 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
26592 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26594 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26595 Start coverage on function under point.
26601 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17888 32281))
26602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26604 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26605 Play the Tetris game.
26606 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26607 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26608 as to form complete rows.
26610 tetris-mode keybindings:
26611 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26612 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26613 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26614 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26615 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26616 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26617 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26618 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26619 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26625 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26626 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26627 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26628 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26629 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26630 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26631 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26632 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
26633 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26635 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26636 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26638 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26640 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26641 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26642 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26643 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26644 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26646 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26648 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26649 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26650 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26651 if it matches the first line of the file,
26652 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26654 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26656 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26657 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26658 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26659 if the variable is non-nil.")
26661 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26663 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26664 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26666 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26668 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26669 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26670 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26671 See the documentation of that variable.")
26673 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26675 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26676 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26677 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26678 See the documentation of that variable.")
26680 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26682 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26683 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26684 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26685 See the documentation of that variable.")
26687 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26689 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26690 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26691 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26692 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26693 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26695 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26697 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26698 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26699 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26700 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26702 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26704 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26705 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26706 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26708 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26710 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26711 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26712 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26713 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26715 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26717 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26718 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26719 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26720 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26722 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26724 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26725 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26726 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26727 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26729 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26730 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26733 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26734 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26736 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26739 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26741 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26742 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26743 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26744 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26745 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26747 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26749 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26751 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26752 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26753 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26755 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26757 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26758 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26759 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26760 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26761 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26763 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26765 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26766 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26768 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26770 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26771 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26773 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26775 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26776 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26777 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26778 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26779 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26780 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26781 says which mode to use.
26785 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26787 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26789 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26791 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26792 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26793 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26794 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26795 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26797 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26798 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26799 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26800 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26801 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26802 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26803 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26805 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26806 mismatched $'s or braces.
26809 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26813 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26815 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26816 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26817 tex-dvi-print-command
26818 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26819 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26820 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26821 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26822 tex-dvi-view-command
26823 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26824 tex-show-queue-command
26825 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26826 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26828 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26829 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26830 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26834 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26835 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26836 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26837 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26838 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26840 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26841 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26842 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26843 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26844 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26845 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26846 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26848 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26849 mismatched $'s or braces.
26856 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26858 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26859 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26860 tex-dvi-print-command
26861 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26862 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26863 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26864 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26865 tex-dvi-view-command
26866 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26867 tex-show-queue-command
26868 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26869 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26871 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26872 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26873 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26877 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26878 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26879 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26880 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26881 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26883 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26884 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26885 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26886 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26887 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26888 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26889 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26891 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26892 mismatched $'s or braces.
26895 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26899 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26901 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26902 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26903 tex-dvi-print-command
26904 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26905 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26906 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26907 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26908 tex-dvi-view-command
26909 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26910 tex-show-queue-command
26911 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26912 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26914 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26915 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26916 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26917 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26921 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26926 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26927 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26933 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26934 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17888 32281))
26935 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26937 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26938 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26939 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26940 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26942 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26943 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26944 Info-split to do these manually.
26946 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26948 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26949 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26950 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26951 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26952 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26954 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26956 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26957 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26958 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26959 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26961 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26962 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26963 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26964 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26966 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26967 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26969 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26973 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26974 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17888 32281))
26975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26977 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26978 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26980 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26982 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26983 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26985 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26987 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26988 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26990 It has these extra commands:
26991 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26993 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26994 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26995 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26996 modified version of TeX input format.
26998 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26999 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27000 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27001 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27003 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27004 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27005 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27006 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27007 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27008 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27009 in the Texinfo file.
27011 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27012 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27013 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27014 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27015 move forward past the closing brace.
27017 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27018 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27020 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27021 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27022 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27024 Here are the functions:
27026 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27027 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27028 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27030 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27031 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27032 texinfo-master-menu
27034 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27036 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27037 which menu descriptions are indented.
27039 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27040 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27043 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27044 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27045 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27046 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27048 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27049 be the first node in the file.
27051 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27052 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27058 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27059 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27060 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27061 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
27062 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27064 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27065 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27066 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27067 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27069 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27071 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27072 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27074 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27076 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27077 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27081 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27084 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27086 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27087 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27088 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27089 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27092 The return value is number of composed characters.
27094 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27096 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27097 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27103 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27104 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27105 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17888 32281))
27106 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27108 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27109 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27111 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27113 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27114 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27115 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27116 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27117 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27119 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27120 a symbol as a valid THING.
27122 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27123 of the textual entity that was found.
27125 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27127 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27128 Return the THING at point.
27129 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27130 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27131 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27133 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27134 a symbol as a valid THING.
27136 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27138 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27143 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27148 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27153 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27160 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27161 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27162 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
27163 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27165 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27166 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27170 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27171 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27172 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27173 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27175 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27177 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27178 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27182 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27183 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27187 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27189 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27190 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27196 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27197 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27198 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27199 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27200 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27201 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17888 32280))
27202 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27204 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27205 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27206 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27210 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27211 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27213 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27215 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27216 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27217 The returned string has no composition information.
27219 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27221 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27222 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27224 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27226 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27227 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27229 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27231 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27232 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27233 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27234 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27236 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27238 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27239 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27240 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27241 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27243 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27245 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27248 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27250 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27251 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27252 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27256 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27257 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27258 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27262 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27265 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27267 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27270 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27272 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27275 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27279 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27280 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
27281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27283 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27284 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27285 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27286 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27288 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27290 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27292 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27293 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27294 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27295 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27297 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27303 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27304 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17888 32281))
27305 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27307 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27308 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27310 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27312 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27313 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27314 This display updates automatically every minute.
27315 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27316 are displayed as well.
27317 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27321 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27322 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27323 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27324 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27325 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27326 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27328 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27330 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27331 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27332 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27334 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27335 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27336 are displayed as well.
27337 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27343 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27344 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27345 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27346 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17888
27348 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27350 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27351 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27353 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27355 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27356 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27357 You can use `float-time' instead.
27359 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27361 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27362 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27364 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27366 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27367 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27369 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27371 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27372 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27374 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27376 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27377 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27378 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27380 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27382 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27384 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27385 Subtract two time values.
27386 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27388 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27390 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27391 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27393 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27395 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27396 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27397 DATE should be a date-time string.
27399 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27401 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27402 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27403 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27405 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27407 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27408 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27410 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27412 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27413 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27415 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27417 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27418 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27419 TIME should be a time value.
27420 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27422 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27424 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27425 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27426 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27428 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27432 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27433 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17888 32281))
27434 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27435 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27436 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27437 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27438 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27439 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27440 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27441 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27443 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27444 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27445 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27446 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27447 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27448 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27449 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27450 look like one of the following:
27453 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27454 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27455 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27456 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27457 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27458 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27459 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27464 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27465 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27466 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27472 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27473 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27474 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27475 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27476 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
27477 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27479 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27480 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27481 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27482 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27483 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27484 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27485 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27486 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27487 display (non-nil means on).
27489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27491 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27492 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27493 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27494 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27495 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27496 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27497 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27498 this function is called within a day.
27500 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27501 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27502 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27503 discover the name of the project.
27505 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27507 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27508 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27509 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27510 begun during the last time segment.
27512 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27513 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27514 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27515 discover the reason.
27517 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27519 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27520 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27521 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27522 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27523 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27525 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27527 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27528 Change to working on a different project.
27529 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27530 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27531 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27534 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27536 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27537 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27538 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27542 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27543 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27544 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27548 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27549 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27550 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27551 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27552 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27553 \"relative to today\".
27555 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27557 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27558 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27559 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27560 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27562 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27564 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27565 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27566 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27567 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27568 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27569 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27571 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27575 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27576 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27577 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17888 32279))
27578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27580 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27582 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27583 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27585 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27587 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27588 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27589 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27590 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27592 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27594 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27595 Perform an action at time TIME.
27596 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27597 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27598 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27599 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27600 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27601 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27603 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27605 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27607 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27608 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27609 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27610 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27611 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27613 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27615 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27617 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27618 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27619 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27620 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27622 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27624 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27625 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27626 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27627 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27628 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27629 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27630 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27632 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27633 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27635 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27637 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27638 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27640 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27641 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27642 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27643 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27644 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27645 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27648 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27652 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27653 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17888 36929))
27654 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27656 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27657 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27658 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27659 the generated Quail package is saved.
27661 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27663 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27664 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27665 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27666 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27667 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27668 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27669 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27671 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27675 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27676 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17888
27678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27680 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27683 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27685 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27688 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27690 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27691 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27692 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27695 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27699 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27700 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17888 32281))
27701 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27702 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27703 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27705 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27706 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27707 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27708 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27709 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27711 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27713 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27714 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27715 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27716 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27717 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27719 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27721 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27722 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27723 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27724 in the menu in two ways:
27725 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27726 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27727 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27729 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27730 keymap or an alist of alists.
27731 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27732 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27734 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27738 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27739 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27740 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17888 32279))
27741 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27743 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27744 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27748 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27749 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27751 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27753 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27754 Insert new TODO list entry.
27755 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27760 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27761 List top priorities for each category.
27763 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27764 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27766 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27767 between each category.
27769 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27771 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27772 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27773 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27774 between each category.
27776 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27778 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27780 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27781 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27787 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27788 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27792 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27799 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27800 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27801 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17888 32281))
27802 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27804 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27805 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27806 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27810 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27812 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27813 Add an item to the tool bar.
27814 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27815 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27816 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27817 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27819 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27820 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27821 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27822 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27824 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27825 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27827 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27829 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27830 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27831 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27832 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27833 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27834 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27836 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27837 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27838 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27839 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27841 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27843 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27844 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27845 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27846 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27847 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27848 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27849 properties to add to the binding.
27851 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27853 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27854 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27856 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27858 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27859 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27860 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27861 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27862 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27863 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27864 properties to add to the binding.
27866 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27869 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27873 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27874 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
27875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27877 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27878 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27879 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27880 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27881 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27882 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27884 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27886 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27891 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27893 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27894 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27900 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27901 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17888 32279))
27902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27904 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27905 Set scroll margins.
27907 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27909 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27910 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27914 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27915 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27921 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17888 32279))
27922 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27924 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27925 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27926 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27927 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27928 to a tcp server on another machine.
27930 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27934 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27935 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17888 32279))
27936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27938 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27939 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27941 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27943 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27944 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27945 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27946 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27947 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27948 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27949 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27950 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27952 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27954 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27955 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27956 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27957 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27958 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27959 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27960 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27961 the window or buffer configuration.
27963 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27965 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27969 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27970 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27971 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27972 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17888 36931))
27973 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27975 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27976 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27977 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27979 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27980 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27981 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27982 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27984 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27985 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27986 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27987 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27989 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27990 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27991 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27992 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27993 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27994 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27995 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27996 files which are not really tramp files.
27998 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27999 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28000 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28001 updated after changing this variable.
28003 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28005 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28007 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
28008 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28009 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28010 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28012 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
28013 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28014 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28015 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28017 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28018 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28019 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28021 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28022 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28023 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28024 updated after changing this variable.
28026 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28028 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28030 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
28031 Alist of completion handler functions.
28032 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28033 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28034 normal Emacs functions.")
28036 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28037 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28038 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28039 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28041 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28042 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28043 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28044 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28046 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
28047 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28048 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28050 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28052 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28053 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28054 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28056 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28057 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28060 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
28062 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28067 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28068 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28070 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28072 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28073 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28075 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28077 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28078 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28084 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28085 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
28086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28088 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28095 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
28096 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
28097 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
28098 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
28099 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
28100 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17888
28102 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
28104 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28105 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
28109 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
28110 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28112 Convenience command that:
28114 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28115 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28116 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28118 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28119 image files in dired and type
28120 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28122 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28124 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28125 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28127 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28129 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28130 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28131 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28132 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28133 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28136 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28137 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28138 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28140 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28141 instead of erasing it first.
28143 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28144 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28145 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28146 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28147 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28148 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28150 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28152 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28153 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28154 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28155 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28160 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28162 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28163 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28167 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28168 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28169 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28173 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28174 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28178 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28179 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28180 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28181 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28185 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28186 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28190 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28191 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28195 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28196 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28200 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28201 Display current image file.
28202 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28203 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28207 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28208 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28212 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28213 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28214 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28215 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28216 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28217 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28218 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28222 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28223 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28224 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28231 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17888
28233 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28235 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28236 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28237 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28238 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28239 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28240 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28241 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28242 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28244 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28245 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28246 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28248 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28249 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28252 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28256 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28257 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17888 32281))
28258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28259 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28260 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28261 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28263 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28264 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28265 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28266 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28267 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28268 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28269 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28271 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28273 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28274 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28275 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28276 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28278 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28282 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28283 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28284 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28285 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28286 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28287 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28288 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28290 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28291 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28293 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28296 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28298 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28304 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28305 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28306 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28307 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28308 ;;;;;; (17888 36583))
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28311 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28312 Toggle typing break mode.
28313 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28314 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28315 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28317 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28319 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28320 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28322 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28324 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28325 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28327 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28328 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28329 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28331 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28332 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28334 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28336 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28337 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28339 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28340 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28341 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28342 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28344 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28346 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28347 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28348 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28350 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28351 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28352 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28353 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28354 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28355 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28357 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28358 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28359 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28360 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28362 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28363 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28365 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28366 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28368 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28370 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28371 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28372 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28374 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28375 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28376 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28377 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28378 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28379 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28380 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28382 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28383 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28385 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28386 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28387 reset the keystroke counter.
28389 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28390 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28391 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28392 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28394 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28395 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28396 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28397 `type-break-schedule' command.
28399 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28400 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28401 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28402 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28403 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28404 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28405 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28406 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28407 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28409 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28410 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28411 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28412 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28413 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28415 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28416 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28417 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28418 approximate good values for this.
28420 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28421 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28423 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28424 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28425 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28426 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28427 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28428 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28430 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28431 a typing break occur. They include:
28433 `type-break-query-mode'
28434 `type-break-query-function'
28435 `type-break-query-interval'
28437 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28439 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28440 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28441 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28444 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28446 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28447 Take a typing break.
28449 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28450 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28452 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28453 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28457 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28458 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28459 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28460 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28464 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28465 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28467 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28468 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28469 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28470 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28471 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28472 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28473 average typing speed.)
28475 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28476 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28477 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28478 the computed maximum threshold.
28480 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28481 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28482 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28483 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28484 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28486 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28490 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28491 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17888 32281))
28492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28494 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28495 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28496 Works by overstriking underscores.
28497 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28498 which specify the range to operate on.
28500 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28502 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28503 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28504 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28505 which specify the range to operate on.
28507 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28511 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28512 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17888 32280))
28513 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28515 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28516 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28517 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28521 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28522 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28523 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28524 following the containing message.
28530 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28531 ;;;;;; (17888 32280))
28532 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28534 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28535 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28536 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28537 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28538 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28539 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28543 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28544 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28546 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28550 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17888
28552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28554 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28555 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28556 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28557 of symbols with local bindings.
28559 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28563 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28564 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17888 32281))
28565 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28567 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28568 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28569 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28571 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28572 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28573 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28574 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28575 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28576 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28578 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28579 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28580 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28582 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28583 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28584 the callback is not called).
28586 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28587 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28588 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28591 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28593 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28594 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28595 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28596 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28597 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28603 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28604 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17888 36582))
28605 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28607 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28608 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28609 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28611 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28612 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28613 `url-generic-parse-url'
28614 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28615 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28616 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28618 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28619 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28620 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28621 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28622 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28623 what type of auth to use
28624 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28625 if one cannot be found in the cache
28627 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28629 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28630 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28632 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28633 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28634 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28635 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28636 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28637 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28638 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28639 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28641 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28645 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28646 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17888
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28650 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28651 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28653 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28655 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28656 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28658 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28660 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28661 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28663 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28665 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28666 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28668 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28672 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17888 32281))
28673 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28675 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28678 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28682 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28683 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17888 32281))
28684 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28686 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28689 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28691 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28694 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28698 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17888
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28702 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28703 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28705 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28709 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28710 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17888 32281))
28711 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28713 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28714 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28718 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28719 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28720 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28721 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28722 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28724 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28728 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28729 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17888
28731 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28733 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28734 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28735 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28737 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28738 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28740 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28742 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28743 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28747 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28748 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28749 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28750 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28751 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28752 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28753 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28754 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28755 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28757 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28759 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28760 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28761 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28764 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28766 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28769 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28773 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28774 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17888 36646))
28775 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28777 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28778 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28779 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28780 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28781 CBARGS as the arguments.
28783 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28785 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28788 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28790 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28792 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28795 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28797 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28798 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28799 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28801 Property list members:
28804 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28808 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28812 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28815 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28818 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28819 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28820 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28823 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28825 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28826 Default HTTPS port.")
28828 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28829 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28831 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28832 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28833 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28834 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28835 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28839 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17888 32281))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28842 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28845 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28849 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17888
28851 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28853 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28854 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28855 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28856 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28857 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28859 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28863 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28864 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28867 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28870 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28872 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28873 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28875 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28879 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28880 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17888 32281))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28883 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28884 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28886 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28888 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28889 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28891 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28893 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28896 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28898 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28900 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28902 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28904 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28905 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28907 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28911 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28912 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28915 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28918 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28920 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28923 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28927 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28928 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28929 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28932 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28935 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28937 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28940 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28942 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28945 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28947 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28950 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28952 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28955 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28957 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28960 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28962 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28965 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28969 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28970 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17888 32281))
28971 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28973 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28974 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28976 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28978 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28979 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28981 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28983 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28987 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28988 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
28989 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28991 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28992 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28998 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28999 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29000 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
29001 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
29002 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
29003 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
29004 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
29005 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29007 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29008 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29009 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29011 If t, all messages will be logged.
29012 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29013 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29015 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
29017 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
29020 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29022 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
29025 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29027 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
29028 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29029 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29030 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29031 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29037 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29039 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
29040 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29041 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29043 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29045 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
29046 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29047 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29049 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29051 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29052 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29054 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29056 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29057 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29061 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29062 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29066 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29071 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29074 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29076 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29079 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29081 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29082 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29084 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29086 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29089 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29092 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29093 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29094 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29095 forbidden in URL encoding.
29097 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29100 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29101 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29102 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29103 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29104 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29106 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29108 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29109 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29110 If optional variable X is t,
29111 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29113 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29115 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29116 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29117 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29119 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29121 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29122 View the current document's URL.
29123 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29126 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29128 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29132 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29133 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17888 32281))
29134 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29136 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29137 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29138 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29139 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29140 to refrain from editing the file
29141 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29142 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29143 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29144 in any way you like.
29146 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29148 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29149 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29150 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29151 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29152 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29154 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29155 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17888 32280))
29162 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29163 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29167 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29168 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29169 ;;;;;; (17888 36584))
29170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29172 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29173 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29174 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29175 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29177 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29179 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29180 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29181 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29183 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29185 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29186 Uudecode region between START and END.
29187 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29189 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29193 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29194 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29195 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29196 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29197 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29198 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29199 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17888 32281))
29200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29202 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29203 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29206 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29208 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29209 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29210 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29212 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29214 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29215 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29218 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29220 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29221 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29223 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29225 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29226 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29228 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29230 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29231 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29232 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29233 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29234 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29235 somebody else, signal error.
29237 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29239 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29240 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29241 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29242 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29243 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29245 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29247 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29248 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29249 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29250 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29251 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29252 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29253 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29254 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29255 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29256 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29257 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29258 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29260 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29262 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29263 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29265 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29266 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29268 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29269 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29270 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29271 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29272 lock steals will raise an error.
29274 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29276 For RCS and SCCS files:
29277 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29279 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29280 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29281 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29282 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29283 it performs a revert.
29284 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29285 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29286 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29287 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29288 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29289 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29290 the option to steal the lock.
29293 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29294 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29295 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29296 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29297 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29298 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29299 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29300 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29301 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29303 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29305 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29306 Register the current file into a version control system.
29307 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29308 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29310 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29311 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29312 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29313 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29314 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29315 first backend that could register the file is used.
29317 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29319 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29320 Display diffs between file versions.
29321 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29322 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29323 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29324 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29325 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29328 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29330 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29331 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29332 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29333 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29337 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29338 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29339 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29340 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29344 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29345 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29346 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29347 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29348 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29349 from the current branch.
29351 See Info node `Merging'.
29355 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29357 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29358 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29360 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29362 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29363 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29365 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29367 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29368 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29369 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29370 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29371 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29372 are checked out in that new branch.
29374 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29376 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29377 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29378 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29379 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29380 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29381 allowed and simply skipped).
29383 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29385 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29386 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29387 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29389 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29391 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29392 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29393 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29394 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29395 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29399 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29400 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29401 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29402 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29403 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29404 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29408 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29409 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29410 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29412 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29414 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29415 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29416 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29417 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29418 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29419 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29420 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29422 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29424 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29425 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29426 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29427 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29428 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29429 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29430 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29431 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29432 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29434 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29436 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29437 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29439 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29441 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29442 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29443 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29446 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29448 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29449 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29450 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29452 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29453 log entries should be gathered.
29455 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29457 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29458 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29460 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29461 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29462 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29463 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29464 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29465 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29467 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29468 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29469 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29470 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29471 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29472 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29473 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29474 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29476 Customization variables:
29478 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29479 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29480 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29481 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29483 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17888 32281))
29488 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29489 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29490 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29493 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17888 32281))
29498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29499 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29500 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29501 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29503 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17888 32281))
29508 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29509 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29510 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29513 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29517 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29518 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
29519 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29521 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29522 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29523 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29525 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29526 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29530 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29531 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
29532 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29534 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29535 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29536 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29538 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29539 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29541 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29542 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29543 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29544 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17888 37032))
29549 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29550 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29551 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29552 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29555 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29556 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29557 (file-name-directory f)))
29559 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29561 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29565 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29566 ;;;;;; (17888 36581))
29567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29569 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29570 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29575 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29576 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29577 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29578 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29579 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29580 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29581 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29582 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29583 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29585 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29586 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29587 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29588 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29590 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29591 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29592 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29593 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29594 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29596 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29597 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29601 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29602 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29603 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29607 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29608 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29609 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29610 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29612 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29613 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29614 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29615 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29616 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29620 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29621 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29622 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29623 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29625 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29626 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29627 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29628 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29629 beginning with \"std\").
29631 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29632 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29633 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29638 `--' puts a single comment.
29639 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29640 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29641 with a comment in between.
29642 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29643 out following lines.
29644 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29645 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29647 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29648 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29649 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29650 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29651 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29654 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29655 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29656 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29657 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29658 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29659 multi-line comments.
29663 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29664 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29665 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29666 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29668 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29669 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29670 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29671 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29673 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29674 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29677 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29678 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29682 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29683 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29684 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29685 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29686 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29687 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29688 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29689 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29691 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29692 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29693 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29694 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29695 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29698 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29699 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29700 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29702 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29703 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29707 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29708 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29709 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29710 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29711 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29712 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29715 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29716 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29717 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29718 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29721 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29725 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29726 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29727 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29728 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29729 internal signal initializations (menu).
29731 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29732 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29733 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29735 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29736 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29737 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29738 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29739 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29740 in subsequent paste operations.)
29742 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29743 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29744 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29747 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29748 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29749 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29750 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29751 association list with formals).
29754 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29755 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29756 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29757 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29758 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29759 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29760 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29761 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29766 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29770 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29774 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29775 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29776 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29778 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29779 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29782 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29783 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29784 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29785 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29787 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29788 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29789 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29791 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29792 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29793 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29794 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29796 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29797 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29798 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29799 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29800 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29802 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29803 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29804 required by secondary units.
29807 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29808 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29809 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29810 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29811 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29812 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29813 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29814 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29815 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29816 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29817 inputs to this component -> input port created
29818 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29819 outputs from this component -> output port created
29820 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29821 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29823 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29824 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29825 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29826 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29827 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29829 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29830 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29832 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29833 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29834 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29835 component instantiation is also supported (option
29836 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29838 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29839 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29840 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29841 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29842 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29843 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29844 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29845 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29846 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29847 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29848 | generating the configuration.
29850 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29851 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29852 | configurations in speedbar.
29854 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29857 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29858 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29859 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29860 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29861 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29862 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29863 information. New compilers can be added.
29865 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29866 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29869 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29870 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29871 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29872 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29873 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29875 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29878 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29879 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29880 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29882 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29883 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29884 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29885 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29886 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29887 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29888 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29891 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29892 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29893 not (yet) supported.
29894 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29895 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29896 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29900 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29901 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29902 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29903 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29904 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29905 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29906 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29907 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29909 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29910 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29911 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29912 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29913 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29914 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29915 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29916 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29917 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29918 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29919 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29923 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29924 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29925 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29926 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29927 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29928 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29929 current directory for VHDL source files.
29933 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29934 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29938 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29939 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29940 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29941 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29942 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29943 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29944 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29945 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29948 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29949 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29950 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29951 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29952 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29953 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29954 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29956 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29957 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29958 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29959 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29960 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29961 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29963 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29964 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29965 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29966 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29967 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29970 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29971 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29972 highlighted if written in lower case.
29974 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29975 highlighted using a different background color if option
29976 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29978 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29979 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29980 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29981 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29982 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29986 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29987 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29988 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29992 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29993 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29994 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29995 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29996 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30000 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30001 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30003 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30004 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30005 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30006 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30007 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30008 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30009 (used to obtain the port names).
30013 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30014 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30018 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30019 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30020 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30021 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30022 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30023 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30024 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30029 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30030 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30031 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30032 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30033 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30035 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30036 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30037 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30038 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30039 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30042 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30043 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30047 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30048 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30049 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30051 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30055 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30056 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30058 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30060 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30062 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30066 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30072 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30073 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30075 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30077 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30078 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30079 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30080 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30082 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30083 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30084 where the latest version can be found.
30090 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30091 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30092 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30095 The VHDL Mode Authors
30096 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30107 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17888 32269))
30108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30110 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30111 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30112 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30113 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30115 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30116 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30117 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30118 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30119 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30121 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30122 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30124 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30126 * Limitations and unsupported features
30127 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30129 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30130 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30133 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30134 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30135 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30136 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30137 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30138 for undoing a repeated change command.
30139 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30140 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30141 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30144 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30145 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30146 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30147 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30148 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30149 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30150 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30151 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30153 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30159 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30160 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30161 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30162 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17888 32280))
30163 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30165 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30166 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30168 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30170 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30171 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30172 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30173 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30175 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30177 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30178 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30182 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30183 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30184 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30185 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30187 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30189 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30190 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30194 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30197 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30199 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30202 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30206 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30207 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30208 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17888
30210 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30212 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30213 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30214 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30215 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30217 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30219 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30220 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30221 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30222 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30223 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30224 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30225 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30227 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30231 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30232 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30233 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30234 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30235 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30236 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30237 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30238 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30240 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30244 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30245 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30246 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30247 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30248 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30249 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30250 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30251 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30253 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30257 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30258 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30259 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30260 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30261 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30262 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30263 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30265 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30267 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30268 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30269 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30271 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30273 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30274 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30275 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30276 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30277 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30278 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30279 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30280 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30282 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30284 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30285 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30286 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30288 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30290 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30291 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30292 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30294 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30295 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30297 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30301 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30302 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30303 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30305 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30307 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30308 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30309 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30311 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30312 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30313 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30316 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30317 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30318 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30319 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30320 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30322 H, h, ? This message.
30323 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30324 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30325 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30326 > move to the end of buffer.
30327 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30328 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30329 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30330 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30331 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30332 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30333 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30334 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30335 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30336 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30337 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30338 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30339 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30340 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30341 Use this to view a changing file.
30342 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30343 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30344 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30346 x exchanges point and mark.
30347 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30348 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30349 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30350 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30351 ' go to position saved in character register.
30352 s do forward incremental search.
30353 r do reverse incremental search.
30354 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30355 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30356 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30357 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30358 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30359 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30360 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30361 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30362 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30363 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30364 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30365 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30366 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30367 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30368 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30369 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30370 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30372 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30373 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30374 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30375 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30376 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30377 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30378 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30379 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30380 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30382 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30386 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30387 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30388 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30389 `view-return-to-alist'.
30390 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30391 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30392 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30394 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30395 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30396 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30397 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30398 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30400 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30401 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30402 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30403 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30405 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30407 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30409 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30411 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30412 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30418 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17888
30420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30422 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30423 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30427 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30428 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30434 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30435 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
30436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30438 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30439 Toggle Viper on/off.
30440 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30444 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30445 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30451 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30452 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
30453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30455 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30456 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30457 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30458 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30459 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30460 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30461 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30462 the beginning of the warning.")
30464 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30465 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30466 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30467 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30468 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30469 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30470 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30471 also call that function before the next warning.")
30473 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30474 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30476 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30477 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30478 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30479 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30481 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30482 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30483 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30484 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30485 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30486 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30488 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30489 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30490 Default is :warning.
30492 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30493 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30494 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30495 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30496 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30497 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30499 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30500 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30502 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30504 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30505 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30507 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30509 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30510 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30511 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30512 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30514 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30515 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30516 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30517 can be whatever you like.)
30519 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30520 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30522 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30523 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30524 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30525 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30526 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30528 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30530 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30531 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30532 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30533 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30534 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30536 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30540 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30541 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
30542 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30544 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30545 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30546 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30547 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30548 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30557 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17888 32280))
30558 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30560 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30561 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30563 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30566 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30573 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30574 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
30575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30576 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30577 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30579 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30581 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30582 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30583 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30585 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30586 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30588 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30590 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30591 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30592 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30593 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30595 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30602 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30603 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30604 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30605 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30606 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30607 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
30608 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30610 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30611 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30615 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30616 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30620 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30621 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30625 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30626 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30630 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30631 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30635 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30636 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30638 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30639 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30640 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30641 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30642 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30644 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30646 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30647 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30649 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30651 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30652 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30656 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30657 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30658 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30659 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30660 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30664 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30665 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30669 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30671 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30672 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30673 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30675 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30676 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30678 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30680 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30681 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30682 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30684 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30685 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30689 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30690 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30691 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30697 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30698 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17888 32281))
30699 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30701 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30702 Browse the widget under point.
30706 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30707 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30709 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30711 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30712 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30714 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30716 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30717 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30718 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30724 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30725 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17888
30727 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30729 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30730 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30732 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30734 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30735 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30736 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30738 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30740 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30741 Create widget of TYPE.
30742 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30744 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30746 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30749 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30751 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30752 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30754 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30756 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30758 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30759 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30760 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30762 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30763 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30769 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30770 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17888
30772 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30774 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30775 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30776 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30777 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30778 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30779 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30780 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30784 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30785 Select the window above the current one.
30786 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30787 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30788 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30789 negative ARG) of the current window.
30790 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30794 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30795 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30796 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30797 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30798 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30799 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30800 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30804 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30805 Select the window below the current one.
30806 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30807 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30808 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30809 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30810 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30814 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30815 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30816 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30817 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30819 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30823 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30824 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
30825 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30827 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30828 Toggle Winner mode.
30829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30830 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30832 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30834 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30835 Toggle Winner mode.
30836 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30842 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30843 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17888 32281))
30844 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30846 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30847 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30848 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30849 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30850 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30851 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30852 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30853 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30855 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30856 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30858 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30860 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30861 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30865 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30866 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30867 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30868 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30869 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30870 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30871 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30872 `woman' command for further details.
30874 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30878 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30879 ;;;;;; (17888 32279))
30880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30882 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30883 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30886 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30887 are not implemented
30888 - Options for search and replace
30889 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30890 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30892 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30895 The key bindings are:
30905 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30907 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30908 C-l ws-repeat-search
30911 C-r scroll-down-line
30918 C-y kill-complete-line
30921 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30922 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30923 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30924 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30925 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30926 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30927 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30928 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30929 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30930 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30931 C-k b ws-begin-block
30932 C-k c ws-copy-block
30933 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30935 C-k h ws-show-markers
30936 C-k i ws-indent-block
30938 C-k p ws-print-block
30941 C-k s save-some-buffers
30943 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30944 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30945 C-k v ws-move-block
30946 C-k w ws-write-block
30948 C-k y ws-delete-block
30950 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30951 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30952 C-o j justify-current-line
30955 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30956 C-o r set-fill-column
30957 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30958 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30959 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30960 C-o wo other-window
30961 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30963 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30964 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30965 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30966 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30967 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30968 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30969 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30970 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30971 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30972 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30973 C-q a ws-query-replace
30974 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30975 C-q c end-of-buffer
30978 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30980 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30981 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30982 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30983 C-q w ws-last-error
30985 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30991 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30992 ;;;;;; (17888 32281))
30993 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30995 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30996 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30997 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30998 Returns the top node with all its children.
30999 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31000 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31002 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31004 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31005 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31006 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31007 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31008 is not well-formed XML.
31009 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31010 and returned as the first element of the list.
31011 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31013 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31017 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17888
31019 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31021 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31022 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31023 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
31024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31025 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31026 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31028 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
31030 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31031 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31032 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
31034 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31035 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31036 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31037 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31038 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31039 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31045 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31046 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17888 32280))
31047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31049 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31050 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31052 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31054 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31055 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31061 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31062 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17888 32281))
31063 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31065 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31066 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31068 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31070 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31071 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31073 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31075 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31076 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31077 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31079 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31081 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31082 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31088 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17888 32281))
31089 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31091 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31092 Zone out, completely.
31098 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31183 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31184 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31185 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31186 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31187 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31188 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31189 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31190 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31191 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31192 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31193 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31194 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31195 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31196 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31197 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31198 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31199 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31200 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31201 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31202 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31203 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31204 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31205 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31206 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31207 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31208 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31209 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31210 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31211 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31212 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31213 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31214 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31215 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31216 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "termdev.el"
31217 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31218 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31219 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31220 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31221 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31222 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31223 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31224 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31225 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31226 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31227 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31228 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17888 39099 529730))
31232 ;;; Local Variables:
31233 ;;; version-control: never
31234 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
31235 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
31237 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here